Hand Over

WCDMA RAN
Handover
Feature Parameter Description Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the commercial contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or partial products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchased scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise agreed by the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
WCDMA RAN Handover
Contents
Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1 1.2 Intended Audience ........................................................................................................................ 1-1 1.3 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1-1
2 Overview of Handover .............................................................................................................2-1 3 Intra-Frequency Handover .....................................................................................................3-1

3.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure .......................................................................................... 3-2 3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement ..................................................................................... 3-3 3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution ..................................................................... 3-8 3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure ........................................................................................... 3-9 3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover.................................................................. 3-11 3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure .................................... 3-11 3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure................... 3-13 3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure ....................................... 3-14 3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure ................. 3-16 3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure...................................... 3-18
4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover ..........................................................................4-1

4.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 4-1 4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches....................................................................... 4-2 4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover.................................................................... 4-2 4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC........................................................................ 4-2 4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs.......................................................................... 4-4 4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover.............................................................................. 4-5 4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain................................................................................. 4-5 4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain................................................................................. 4-6 4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain.................................................... 4-7 4.4.4 2G-to-3G Handover in the CS Domain................................................................................. 4-9 4.4.5 2G-to-3G Handover in the PS Domain............................................................................... 4-10
5 Coverage or QoS Handover ...................................................................................................5-1

5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure........................................................................................ 5-1 5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement .................................................................................. 5-2 5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes .................................................. 5-2 5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity ........................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events.............................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells ....................................................................... 5-7 5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution................................................................... 5-7 5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution ............................... 5-7
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
iii
Contents
WCDMA RAN Handover 5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution ....................................... 5-9
5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover .......................................................................... 5-9 5.5 3G-to-2G NACC .......................................................................................................................... 5-11 5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover............................................................................................................... 5-12 5.7 2G-to-3G Handover..................................................................................................................... 5-12
6 Load Handover ..........................................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover .................................................................................................... 6-1 6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure.......................................................................... 6-1 6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement .................................................................... 6-1 6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution .................................................... 6-1 6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover .............................................................................................................. 6-3 6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure.................................................................................... 6-3 6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement .............................................................................. 6-3 6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution ............................................................... 6-4 6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover ......................................................................................................... 6-4 6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover............................................................................ 6-4 6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure ............................................................................... 6-5 6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover .............................................................. 6-6 6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information .................................................................................... 6-7
7 HSPA Handover .........................................................................................................................7-1

7.1 HSDPA Handover.......................................................................................................................... 7-1 7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-1 7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-2 7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover................................................................................................. 7-4 7.2 HSUPA Handover.......................................................................................................................... 7-4 7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-4 7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-8 7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover............................................................................................... 7-11 7.3 HSPA+ Handover ........................................................................................................................ 7-11 7.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................................. 7-11 7.3.2 Preselection Phase............................................................................................................. 7-11 7.3.3 Fallback Phase ................................................................................................................... 7-12 7.3.4 Retry Phase........................................................................................................................ 7-12 7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change............................................................................................. 7-13 7.5 HSPA Retry ................................................................................................................................. 7-13
8 HCS Handover ...........................................................................................................................8-1

8.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 8-1 8.2 HCS Handover Procedure ............................................................................................................ 8-2 8.3 UE Speed Estimation .................................................................................................................... 8-3 8.4 HCS Handover Measurement ....................................................................................................... 8-3 8.5 HCS Handover Execution ............................................................................................................. 8-4 iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Contents
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover ........................................................................................ 8-5 8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers................................................... 8-5
9 Blind Handover..........................................................................................................................9-6 10 Handover Protection............................................................................................................10-1

10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong .......................................................................................................................... 10-1 10.2 Handover Retry ......................................................................................................................... 10-1 10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry...................................................................................... 10-1 10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry.............................................................................. 10-2 10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback .................................................................................................. 10-3 10.4 Transfering Event Report to Periodical Report ......................................................................... 10-4
11 Neighboring Cell Combination..........................................................................................11-1 12 Compressed Mode ...............................................................................................................12-1 13 Parameters .............................................................................................................................13-1 14 Counters .................................................................................................................................14-1 15 Glossary ..................................................................................................................................15-1 16 Reference Documents .........................................................................................................16-1
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
The document describes the handover functional area. It provides an overview of the main functions and goes into details regarding handover.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for: Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics Personnel who need to understand handover Personnel who work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions. There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows: Feature change: refers to the change in the handover feature. Editorial change: refers to the change in wording or the addition of the information that was not described in the earlier version.
Document Issues
The document issues are as follows: 02 (2010-06-20) 01 (2010-03-30) Draft (2009-12-05)
02 (2010-06-20)
This is the document for the third commercial release of RAN11.0. Compared with 02 (2009-06-30) of RAN11.1, this issue incorporates no feature changes. Change Type Feature change Editorial change Change Description None. None. Parameter Change The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd is added to 12 Compressed Mode. None.
01 (2010-03-30)
This is the document for the first commercial release of RAN12.0. Compared with issue Draft (2009-12-05) of RAN12.0, this issue optimizes the description.
Draft (2009-12-05)
This is the draft of the document.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 1-1
1 Introduction
WCDMA RAN Handover
Compared with issue 02 (2009-06-30) of RAN11.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the following table. Change Type Feature change Change Description HCS traffic absorption is removed. HSPA+ handover is moved from HSPA+ Feature Parameter Description to this document. Parameter Change The parameters deleted are as follows: INTER_FREQ_TA None
Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver is The parameters added are as follows: introduced in RAN12.0 CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_ SWITCH Editorial change None None
1-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
2 Overview of Handover
2 Overview of Handover
Handover is a basic function of the cellular mobile network. The purpose of handover is to ensure that a UE in CELL_DCH state is served continuously when it moves. Figure 2-1 shows the handovers supported by the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), which include intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover. Figure 2-1 Handovers supported by the UMTS
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
2-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
3 Intra-Frequency Handover
3.1 Overview
Intra-frequency handover is classified into: Intra-frequency soft handover: Multiple radio links are connected to the UE at the same time. Intra-frequency hard handover: Only one radio link is connected to the UE.
Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Intra-frequency soft handover is more commonly used than intra-frequency hard handover. The types of intra-frequency soft handover are as follows: Intra-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover, also known as softer handover) Intra-RNC inter-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover) Inter-RNC soft handover (WRFD-020203Inter RNC Soft Handover) Intra-frequency soft handover is characterized by the function that the UE can be connected to multiple Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) access points at the same time. Addition and/or release of radio links are controlled by the ACTIVE SET UPDATE procedure. Table 3-1 Differences between soft handover and softer handover Item Scenario Softer Handover When the UE is in the overlapped coverage area of multiple neighboring cells of a NodeB with combined RLs When the UE communicates with multiple cells by setting up multiple channels over the Uu interface Uplink signal Using maximum-ratio combination Downlink signal Using maximum-ratio combination Soft Handover When the UE is in the overlapped coverage area of two neighboring cells of different NodeBs When the UE communicates with different cells by setting up multiple channels over the Uu interface Using selective combination Using maximum-ratio combination Occupying more Iub bandwidth
Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth
The HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable both soft handover and softer handover. By default, this switch is set to ON, indicating that both soft handover and softer handover are enabled. After the RNC receives the event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, it initiates the corresponding soft handover procedure for the UE. For example, the RNC can add or delete links. The DivCtrlField parameter indicates whether maximum-ratio combination is enabled in the uplink during softer handover. When the NodeB decides not to perform maximum-ratio combination (softer combination), the RNC performs selective combination.
Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Intra-frequency hard handover (WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover) refers to a handover where all the old radio links are released before the new radio links are established. Compared with soft handover, intra-frequency hard handover uses fewer resources.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
The scenarios of intra-frequency hard handover are as follows: No Iur interface is present between RNCs. In this scenario, intra-frequency hard handover instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs. The Iur interface is congested between RNCs. In this scenario, also intra-frequency hard handover instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs. The intra-frequency soft handover fails and intra-frequency hard handover is allowed. When intra-frequency soft handover fails because of a congestion problem of the target cell, the RNC tries an intra-frequency hard handover with a lower service bit rate. The HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable intra-frequency hard handover. By default, this switch is set to ON.
Inter RNC Handover

When the target cell under the target RNC fulfils the criteria for intra-frequency soft handover, intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the conditions that the handover over Iur is triggered are as follows: Whether the Iur interface is available depends on the setting of the following two parameters according to handover types: Whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface depends on the setting of the HHOTRIG parameter. Whether inter RNC soft Handover is allowed depends on the setting of the SHOTRIG parameter. The SHOTRIG parameter consists of three subswitches: CS_SHO_SWTICH: If CS_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for CS service over the Iur interface is allowed. HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for HSPA service over the Iur interface is allowed. NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for non-HSPA PS service over the Iur interface is allowed. If the RRC connection has been set up but the Radio Bearers (RBs) have not, whether a cross-Iur soft handover can be executed is determined by HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH parameter. Only if the switch is set to ON, can the cross-Iur soft handover be executed.
3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

The intra-frequency handover procedure involves three phases: handover measurement, handover decision, and handover execution. After the UE transits to the CELL_DCH state in connected mode during a call, the RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to instruct the UE to take measurements and report the measurement event results. The MEASUREMENT CONTROL message carries the following information: Event trigger threshold Hysteresis value Event trigger delay time Neighboring cell list Upon the reception of an event report from the UE, the RNC makes a handover decision and performs the corresponding handover, as shown in Figure 3-1.
3-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-1 Intra-frequency handover procedure
3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase, the UE takes measurements according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the RNC. When the event triggering conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-frequency handover uses Ec/No or RSCP of the CPICH as the measurement value. Intra-frequency handover measurement quantity can be configured through the parameter IntraFreqMeasQuantity.
Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

In intra-frequency handover, the UE reports measurement results to the RNC through event reporting. Event 1A Description A primary CPICH enters the reporting range. This indicates that the quality of a cell is close to the quality of the best cell in the active set. A relatively high combined gain can be achieved when the cell is added to the active set. A primary CPICH leaves the reporting range. This indicates that a cell has a lower quality than the best cell in the active set. The cell has to be deleted from the active set. A non-active primary CPICH becomes better than an active primary CPICH. This indicates that the quality of a cell is better than the quality of the worst cell in the active set. The RNC replaces a cell in the active set with a cell in the monitored set. The best cell changes.
1B 1C
1D
Triggering of Event 1A
Event 1A is triggered under the following condition: 10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew W x 10 x Log(
NA
M
i =1
) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)
MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-3
WCDMA RAN Handover
CIONew is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which adjusts the cell boundary in the handover algorithms. This parameter is determined by network planning according to actual environment configuration. To facilitate handover in neighboring cell configuration, the parameter is set as a positive value; otherwise, the parameter is set as a negative value. W represents weighted factor, which is determined by the parameter Weight. The total quality of the best cell and the active set is specified by W. Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set. NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter CellsForbidden1A indicates whether adding the cell to the active set affects the relative threshold of event 1A. MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set. R1a is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the CS non-VP service, VP service, and PS service are as follows:
IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP IntraRelThdFor1APS
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used. For the single signaling connection of the UE, the threshold for CS services is used.
H1a represents HYSTFOR1A, the hysteresis value of event 1A Figure 3-2 shows the triggering of event 1A. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used. If the signal quality of a cell that is not in the active set is higher than Th1A for a period of time specified by TrigTime1A (that is, Time to trigger in Figure 3-2), the UE reports event 1A. Th1A = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A) If weighted factor > 0, then Th1A = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A). Reporting range for event 1A is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP, IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1APS. Figure 3-2 Triggering of event 1A
3-4
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set B: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set C: curve of Th1A
Triggering of Event 1B
Event 1B is triggered under the following condition: 10 x Log(Mold) + CIOold W x 10 x Log(
NB
M
i =1
) + (1-W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1b+H1b/2)
MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse. CIOOld is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set. W represents weighted factor, used to weight the quality of the active set. The total quality of the best cell and the active set is specified by the parameter Weight. Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set. NB is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter CellsForbidden1B indicates whether adding the cell to the active set affects the relative threshold of event 1B. MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set. R1b is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the CS non-VP service, VP service, and PS services are as follows:
IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP IntraRelThdFor1BPS
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used. If the UE currently has only signaling connections, the threshold for CS services is used.
H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1B. Configuration rule and restriction The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP. The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP. The value of IntraRelThdFor1BPS has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1APS. Figure 3-3 shows the triggering of event 1B. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-5
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-3 Triggering of event 1B
A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set B: signal quality curve of the best cell in the monitored set C: curve of Th1B Th1B = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B) Where, Reporting range for event 1B is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP, IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1BPS. If Weight > 0, then Th1B = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B). If the signal quality of a cell in the active set is lower than Th1B for a period of time specified by TrigTime1B (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1B.
Triggering of Event 1C
Event 1C is triggered under the following condition: 10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log(MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1c/2 MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range. CIONew is the cell individual offset value of the cell in the reporting range. It is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set. MInAS is the measurement value of the worst cell in the active set. H1c is the hysteresis value of event 1C, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1C. Figure 3-4 shows the triggering of event 1C. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
3-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-4 Triggering of event 1C
A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set C: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the active set D: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set E: curve of Th1C Th1C = (CPICH Ec/No of the worst cell in the active set) + (hysteresis/2) Where, Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1C. If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1C for a period of time specified by TrigTime1C (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1C, as shown in the figure. The UE reports event 1C for qualified cells after the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value. The maximum number of cells in the active set can be set by the MaxCellInActiveSet parameter.
Triggering of Event 1D
Event 1D is triggered under the following condition: 10 x Log(MNotBest) + CIONotBest 10 x Log(MBest) + CIOBest + H1d/2 MNotBest is the measurement value of a cell that is not the best cell. CIONotBest is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the active set. MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set. CIOBest is the cell individual offset value of the best cell. This parameter is not used for event 1D. H1d is the hysteresis value of event 1D, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1D. Figure 3-5 shows the triggering of event 1D. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-7
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-5 Triggering of event 1D
A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set or the monitored set C: curve of Th1D Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1D. If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1D for a period of time specified by TrigTime1D (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1D.
3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution

The intra-frequency handover decision and execution procedure depends on the different measurement events that the RNC receives. When receiving an event 1A, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC adds a target cell to the active set only when the CPICH Ec/No of the target cell is higher than the absolute threshold SHOQualmin. Table 3-2 lists different types of intra-frequency handover decision and execution based on different events. Table 3-2 Intra-frequency handover decision and execution Event Decision and Execution 1A When receiving an event 1A report, the RNC decides whether to add a cell. For event 1A, the UE can report more than one cell in the event list in one measurement report. These cells are in the list of the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message, and they are sequenced in descending order of measurement quantity. For the cells in the list, the RNC adds the radio link to the active set only if the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value. This operation is not required if the number of cells in the active set reaches a specified value. 1B When receiving an event 1B report, the RNC decides whether to delete a cell. For event 1B, if there is more than one radio link in the active set, the RNC decides whether to delete a radio link. This operation is not required if there is only one radio link in the active set.
3-8
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Event Decision and Execution 1C When receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell. For event 1C, the UE reports a list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells in descending order by measurement quantity. After receiving the list from the UE, the RNC replaces the bad cells in the active set with the good cells in the list. 1D As stipulated in related protocols, an event 1D report includes information about only one cell. This cell can be listed in an active set or a monitored set. The RNC learns that the quality of this cell is better than that of the serving cell and takes one of the following actions: If the reported cell is in the active set, the RNC decides whether to change the best cell or reconfigure measurement control. If the reported cell is in the monitored set, then: If the number of cells in the active set has not reached the maximum value, the RNC adds the cell to the active set. If the number of cells in the active set has reached the maximum value, the RNC replaces the worst cell in the active set with the reported cell. The best cell is changed to the reported cell. The RNC determines whether the intra-frequency hard handover scenarios are applicable. If any scenario is applicable, the RNC performs an intra-frequency hard handover.
3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure

If the radio link fails to be added for a soft handover, the rate reduction is triggered for R99 Non Real Time (NRT) services to increase the probability of a successful soft handover.
Estimation Procedure for Rate Reduction

If the RNC receives a 1A, 1C, or 1D measurement report, the RNC tries to add the corresponding cell to the active set. If the addition fails, the RNC performs the estimation procedure for rate reduction.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-9
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-6 Estimation procedure for rate reduction
1. The RNC evaluates whether the measurement quantity of the cell failing to be admitted meets the condition of rate reduction.
If If
the condition is met, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service immediately, as described in the next section Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution. the condition is not met, the RNC performs the next step (Step 2). is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the cell failing to be admitted. is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the best cell in the active set. is a parameter.
The condition of rate reduction is as follows: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd

Mnew Mbest_cell
RelThdForDwnGrd
2. The RNC evaluates whether the number of SHO failures in the cell exceeds the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd. If the number of SHO failures in the cell is smaller than the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd:
If If
the timer has not been started, the RNC starts it. the timer has been started, the RNC increments the SHO failure counter by one.
The timer length is set through the parameter ShoFailPeriod. The SHO failure counter of a cell is used to record the number of SHO failures in this cell. For each UE, the RNC records the number of SHO failures in three cells at most. For SHO failures in any other cells, the RNC does not record the number. Before the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, no action is taken and the RNC waits for the next measurement report period. When the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the corresponding cell to 0 and ends the evaluation. If the number of SHO failures in the cell is larger than or equal to the parameter ShoFailNumForDwnGrd, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service,
3-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution

Figure 3-7 Procedure of rate reduction execution
1. The RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service. The method of determining the access rate after the rate reduction is the same as that described in Rate Negotiation of Load Control Feature Parameter Description. 2. After the rate reduction succeeds, the RNC immediately attempts to add this cell to the active set without measurement: If the cell succeeds in admitting the UE, the RNC adds the radio link and sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution. If the cell fails to admit the UE, the RNC starts the penalty timer (DcccShoPenaltyTime) to avoid an increase in the rate triggered by DCCC within the period. Also in this period, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution. If the RNC fails to perform a soft handover again, it performs the estimation procedure and the execution procedure, as previously described.
3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover

3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure
This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-frequency soft handover within a NodeB. Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-frequency soft handover when the UE moves from one cell to another cell within the same NodeB.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-11
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-8 Procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
The connections involved in the intra-NodeB intra-frequency softer handover change are as follows: Before the softer handover, only cell 1 is connected to the UE. During the softer handover, both cell 1 and cell 2 are connected to the UE. After the softer handover, only cell 2 is connected to the UE. Cell 1 is removed from the active set. Figure 3-9 Signaling procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
3-12
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover. Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover. Figure 3-10 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
Before the soft handover, only NodeB 1 is connected to the UE. During the soft handover, both NodeBs are connected to the UE. After the soft handover, only NodeB 2 is connected to the UE. The active set of NodeB 1 is removed.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-13
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-11 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover. Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.
3-14
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-12 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover
Before the soft handover, the UE is connected to NodeB 1 and NodeB 2. After the SRNC makes a soft handover decision, it sets up a connection between NodeB 3 under another RNC and the UE, and releases the connection between NodeB 1 and the UE.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-15
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-13 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover
3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure

The signaling procedure of intra-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover is similar to that of Intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover. This section describes the signaling procedure for only the intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover.
3-16
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-14 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
Figure 3-15 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
As shown in Figure 3-15, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-17
WCDMA RAN Handover
3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure

Figure 3-16 shows the procedure for intra-frequency hard handover when a UE moves from one NodeB in an SRNC to another NodeB in a DRNC. Figure 3-16 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover
3-18
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 3-17 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover
As shown in Figure 3-17, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
3-19
WCDMA RAN Handover
4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

4.1 Overview
Based on the handover triggering causes, the inter-frequency and Inter-RAT handover falls into five categories, as described in Table 4-1. Inter-RAT handover refers to the handover performed between 3G network and 2G network. This section mainly describes the 3G-to2G coverage handover and QoS handover. Except the cause of the triggering is different, the handover procedure is the same for the coverage handover and QoS handover. Table 4-1 Types of inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover Type Coverage handover Description Coverage handover involves the following features: WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage If a moving UE leaves the coverage of the current frequency, the RNC needs to trigger the coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops. For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover. QoS handover QoS handover involves the following features: WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS If the link quality becomes worse, the Link Stability Control Algorithm may trigger the QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops. For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover. LDR handover When the LDR function detects the basic congestion, the RNC chooses some UEs and performs the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover according to user priorities and service priorities to balance the load between inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells. For details, see 6 Load Handover. Service handover Service handover involves the feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service Based on layered services, the traffic of different classes is handed over to different systems. For example, when an Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service is requested, this service can be handed over to the 2G network. For details, see 6 Load Handover. HCS handover HCS handover involves the feature WRFD-021200 HCS. Inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover can be triggered by the UE speed estimation algorithm of the HCS. To reduce frequent handovers, the UE at a higher speed is handed over to a cell under a larger coverage, whereas the UE at a lower speed is handed over to a cell under a smaller coverage. For details, see 8 HCS Handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
4-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches

Some switches are important for inter-frequency handover because they decide whether the handover can be performed successfully. These switches are the parameter values of handover algorithm switches in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, as described below. HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-frequency handover. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover of the PS domain from the UTRAN. HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover of the CS domain from the UTRAN. HHOTRIG: The switch decides whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface. HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: The switch decides when the RNC performs the active set signal quality measurement before the RB setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or the signal is weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC. If the switch is set to ON, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RRC connection setup is completed (before the RB setup). If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RB setup is completed. The switch is set to OFF by default. HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the neighboring cell will be sent in the inter-frequency measurement control message when the frequency of the neighboring cell is not included in the measurement capability of the UE. The reported measurement capability of the UE is not the same as the actual measurement capability of the UE. Measurement capability at some frequencies may not be reported due to the limitation of the version of UE protocol. If the switch is set to ON, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message with the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability of the UE. If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message without the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability of the UE. The switch is set to OFF by default.
4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover

4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC
Figure 4-1 shows the inter-frequency handover for a UE that moves from NodeB 1 to NodeB 2 within one RNC. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2. The signaling procedure of inter-frequency handover within one NodeB is similar to that between NodeBs within one RNC.
4-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-1 Inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
Figure 4-2 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
4-3
WCDMA RAN Handover
As shown in Figure 4-2, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 6, a new connection is set up. From step 7 through step 9, the original connection is released.
4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs

Figure 4-3 shows the signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover for a UE that moves from a NodeB to another NodeB between the RNCs. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2. Figure 4-3 Inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
4-4
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-4 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 10, a new connection is set up. From step 11 through step 13, the original connection is released.
4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover

4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain
Figure 4-5 shows the signaling procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain. The 2G messages shown in Figure 4-5 are for your reference only.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
4-5
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-5 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain
4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain

When a UE in idle mode or connected mode, if the SGSN changes with the shift of the system that the UE accesses from 3G network to 2G network, the inter-SGSN handover will be performed. The handover procedures are different in the following two cases: When the UE is in CELL_DCH state The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered after the UTRAN sends a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN message. When the UE is in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered through the cell reselection. The following figure shows an example of handover for the UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state. When the UE is in idle mode, the cell reselection procedure does not include the elementary procedures marked "UE CONNECTED" in Figure 4-6.
4-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-6 Example of the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain
4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

This section describes the 3G-to-2G handover in both CS domain and PS domain in detail.
Inter-RAT Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

For a UE in CELL_DCH state using both CS and PS domain services, the inter-RAT handover procedure is based on the measurement reports from the UE but is initiated from the UTRAN.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
4-7
WCDMA RAN Handover
The UE performs the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC connected mode to GSM connected mode first. After the UE sends a HANDOVER COMPLETE message to the GSM/BSS, the UE initiates a temporary block procedure towards the GPRS to suspend the GPRS services. After the CS domain services are released on the GSM side, the inter-RAT handover in the PS domain is initiated and then completed. If the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC Connected Mode to GSM Connected Mode succeeds, the handover is regarded as successful, no matter whether the UE initiates a temporary block procedure towards the GPRS. In case of inter-RAT handover failure, the UE may go back to the UTRA RRC Connected Mode and re-establish the connection in the original state.
SGSN Service Suspend and Resume

When the CS connection is terminated, the BSS may send a RESUME message to the SGSN. However, resume is impossible since the radio access system has changed. Therefore, the SGSN acknowledges the resume through a RESUME NACK message. The UE sends a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message to the SGSN to resume the GPRS service. The update mode depends on the network operation mode in use. Figure 4-7 Intra-SGSN service suspend and resume
4-8
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-8 Inter-SGSN service suspend and resume
4.4.4 2G-to-3G Handover in the CS Domain

When a GSM cell has a neighboring UMTS cell, the measurement control information is contained in the system information. The dual-mode MS performs the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement result. Then, the BSC decides whether to start the inter-RAT handover according to the measurement result. The GSM system uses time division multiple access technology, and the inter-RAT measurement is performed in idle timeslots. Therefore, the GSM need not support the compressed mode.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
4-9
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-9 2G-to-3G handover in the CS domain
4.4.5 2G-to-3G Handover in the PS Domain

Figure 4-10 shows the 2G-to-3G handover in the PS domain.
4-10
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 4-10 2G-to-3G handover in PS domain
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
4-11
WCDMA RAN Handover
5 Coverage or QoS Handover

If a moving UE leaves the coverage area of the current frequency or the link quality degrades, the RNC triggers the coverage-based or QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops. The QoS handover procedure is the same as the coverage handover procedure.
5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure

Figure 5-1 shows the procedure for the coverage or QoS handover. Figure 5-1 Coverage or QoS handover procedure
In the triggering phase If the CPICH of the current cell becomes worse, the UE reports the event 2D. Then the RNC initiates the coverage handover. If the link quality of the current service deteriorates, the Link Stability Control Algorithm makes a QoS handover decision. Then the RNC initiate the QoS handover. In the measurement phase The RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE, requesting the NodeB and UE to start the compressed mode. The RNC also requests the UE to perform the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
5-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
If the CPICH of the current cell becomes better, the UE reports the event 2F. Then the RNC stops the compressed mode and the coverage handover. In this phase, the method of either periodical measurement report or event-triggered measurement report can be used. In the decision phase After the UE reports event 2B or 3A, the RNC performs the handover. Or the UE periodically generates measurement reports, and the RNC makes a decision after evaluation. In the execution phase The RNC executes the handover procedure.
5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the UE takes measurement according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the RNC. When the measurement report conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message. For detailed information on the quality estimation, see section "Frequency Quality Estimate" in 3GPP TS 25.331.
5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes

The coverage-based and QoS-based handover use event-triggered or periodical measurement report mode. InterFreqReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-frequency handover. InterRatReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-RAT handover. PrdReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-frequency handover. InterRATPeriodReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-RAT handover. The advantage of periodical measurement report is that if the handover fails, the RNC reattempts the handover to the same cell after receiving the periodical measurement report from the UE. This increases the probability of the success of inter-frequency handover. Based on the measurement control message received from the RNC, the UE periodically reports the measurement quality of the target cell. Then, based on the measurement report, the RNC makes the handover decision and performs handover.
5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity

Measurement quantities vary according to the type of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover. The used frequency belongs to a UMTS cell and the used frequency measurement quantities are set as follows: In inter-frequency or inter-RAT coverage or QoS handover, event 2B/2D/2F or periodical measurement takes both CPICH Ec/No and RSCP as measurement quantities. In coverage-based inter-RAT handover, the system delivers both CPICH Ec/N0 and CPICH RSCP for 2D/2F measurement. To deliberately limit the types of measurement quantity, you can set the corresponding threshold of the limited measurement quantity to the minimum value. For example, if event 2D of CS service Ec/No can be reported but the RSCP cannot, the parameter InterRATCSThd2DRSCP or InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP is set to the minimum value, that is, -115. In inter-RAT coverage handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter MeasQuantityOf3A.
5-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
In inter-RAT QoS handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A. The unused frequencies belong to a GSM cell, and the unused frequency measurement quantity is referred to as to GSM RSSI.
5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events

When the measurement thresholds are reached, the UE reports the events to the RNC to trigger related handover procedures. Table 5-1 describes the measurement events involved in inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover. Table 5-1 Measurement events involved in inter-frequency handover Event 2D 2F 2B Description The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain threshold. The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above a certain threshold. The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain threshold and the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold. The estimated quality of the currently used UTRAN frequency is below a certain threshold and the estimated quality of the other system is above a certain threshold.
3A
Triggering of Event 2D
After the conditions of event 2D are fulfilled and maintained until the TimeToTrig2D is reached, the UE sends the event 2D measurement report message. Event 2D is triggered on the basis of the following formula: QUsed TUsed2d - H2d/2 QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency. TUsed2d is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters: Inter-frequencyparameters
InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0 InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0 InterFreqHThd2DEcN0 InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP InterFreqHThd2DRSCP
Inter-RAT parameter
InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
5-3

InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 InterRATHThd2DEcN0 InterRATCSThd2DRSCP InterRATR99PsThd2DRSCP InterRATHThd2DRSCP
WCDMA RAN Handover
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold.
For If
the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
H2d is the event 2D hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2D.
Triggering of Event 2F
After the conditions of event 2F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2F is reached, the UE reports the event 2F measurement report message. Event 2F is triggered on the basis of the following formula: QUsed TUsed2f + H2f/2 Where, QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency. TUsed2f is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters: Inter-frequency parameters
InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0 InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0 InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP InterFreqHThd2FEcN0 InterFreqHThd2FRSCP
Inter-RAT parameters
InterRATCSThd2FEcN0 InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 InterRATHThd2FEcN0 InterRATCSThd2FRSCP InterRATR99PsThd2FRSCP InterRATHThd2FRSCP
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold.
For If
the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
H2f is the event 2F hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2F.
WCDMA RAN Handover
Triggering of Event 2B
After the conditions of event 2B are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2B is reached, the UE reports the event 2B measurement report message. Event 2B is triggered on the basis of the following formula: QNoused TNoused2b + H2b/2 QUsed TUsed2b - H2b/2 Where, QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies. QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency. H2b is the event 2B hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2B. TNoused2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters:
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0 TargetFreqCsThdRscp TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0 TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp TargetFreqHThdEcN0 TargetFreqHThdRscp
TUsed2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. TUsed2b is set in the following way: Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters: If event 2D with the CPICH RSCP value is received by the RNC:
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP UsedFreqHThdRSCP

TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
According to 3GPP specifications, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value should be configured as the maximum value 0 dB. If the event 2F with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 0 dB. If event 2D with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by the RNC:
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0 UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0 UsedFreqHThdEcN0

TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is configured as the maximum value 25 dBm.
According to 3GPP specification, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value should be configured as the maximum value 25 dBm. If event 2F with the CPICH RSCP value is received by
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
5-5
WCDMA RAN Handover
the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 25 dBm.
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold. For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services. If the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
Triggering of Event 3A
When the conditions for event 3A are met and maintained in time-to-trigger specified by TrigTime3A the UE sends the measurement report of event 3A. Event 3A is triggered on the basis of the following formula: QUsed TUsed - H3a/2 and MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3a/2 Where, QUsed is the measurement value of the cell at the currently used frequency. TUsed is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service type and measurement quantity in the coverage-based handover, TUsed can be configured through the following parameters
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0 UsedFreqCSThdRSCP UsedFreqHThdEcN0 UsedFreqHThdRSCP UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0 UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP
In the Coverage-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed is configured as follows:
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No:
If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB. If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the Ec/No threshold specified by the previous parameters.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP:
If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the RSCP threshold specified by the previous parameters.. If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm. In the uplink QoS-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed is configured as the maximum value according to 3GPP specifications, as described below:
If If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB. the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 25 dBm. the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
In the downlink QoS-based handover:

If If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, based on the service type , TUsed can be configured as one of the following sums: and DlRscpQosHyst
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
5-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover

UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP UsedFreqHThdRSCP
and DlRscpQosHyst
and DlRscpQosHyst
MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range. CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset. TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS , PS domain R99 service, or PS domain HSPA service), this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:
TargetRatCsThd TargetRatR99PsThd TargetRatHThd
H3a is 3A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3A. For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS service is used.
5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells

During inter-RAT measurement, it is recommended that the UE report the 2G cell to the RNC after the Base Transceiver Station Identity Code (BSIC) of the cell is verified. This greatly enhances the reliability of handover. The parameter BSICVerify is the control switch for the BSIC verification.
5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution

5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution
The coverage-based and QoS-based inter-frequency handovers are categorized into two types according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement report mode and event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure. HOCovPrio specifies the neighboring cell priority for coverage based inter-frequency handover.
Inter-Frequency Handover in Periodical Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following decision procedures: 1. Decide whether both the CPICH Ec/No value and CPICH RSCP value of the pilot signal of the target cell meet the requirement of inter-frequency handover. The evaluation formula is listed below: Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq Tother_Freq + H/2 Where,
Mother_Freq
is the CPICH Ec/No or CPICH RSCP measurement value of the target cell reported by the UE. Both of the two measurement values of the inter-frequency cell must satisfy the formula. is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and
CIOother_Freq
CIOOffset.
Tother_Freq
is the decision threshold of inter-frequency hard handover. Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters: TargetFreqCsThdEcN0 TargetFreqCsThdRscp
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
5-7
WCDMA RAN Handover
TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0 TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp TargetFreqHThdEcN0 TargetFreqHThdRscp These thresholds are the same as the quality threshold of event 2B.
H
is the inter-frequency hard handover hysteresis value set through the parameter HystForPrdInterFreq.
2. Start the hard handover time-to-trigger timer, which is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq. 3. If Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq < Tother_Freq - H/2, stop the timer. 4. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate inter-frequency handover in the cells where the hard handover time-to-trigger timer expires. Each cell in the measurement report shall be evaluated as mentioned previously. When the hard handover time-to-trigger timers of more than one cell expire at the same time, the latest measurement report is used for selecting the best inter-frequency neighboring cell for handover. For example, the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP in the latest measurement report is selected, as shown in Figure 5-2. Figure 5-2 Selecting the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP
Inter-Frequency Handover in Event-Triggered Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the event 2B measurement reports of CPICH RSCP and CPICH Ec/No of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following procedure: 1. Add all the pilot cells that trigger event 2B to a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality of CPICH_Ec/No in descending order. 2. Select the cells in turn from the cell set to perform inter-frequency handover.
5-8
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution

The coverage-based and QoS-based 3G-to-2G handover is categorized into two types according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement report mode and event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure.
3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Periodical Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of GSM cells, the RNC performs the following decision and execution procedures: 1. Decide whether the quality of 2G cells meets the conditions of inter-RAT handover. The evaluation formula is listed below: Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT Tother_RAT + H/2 Where,
Mother_RAT
is the measurement result of inter-RAT handover received by the RNC. is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and
CIOother_RAT
CIOOffset.
Tother_RAT
is the decision threshold of inter-RAT hard handover.
Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the following parameters: TargetRatCsThd TargetRatR99PsThd TargetRatHThd
H
is the inter-RAT handover hysteresis value set through HystforInterRAT. the PS and CS combined services, one or more handover thresholds for CS services are used.
For
2. Start the evaluation of the cells that meet the quality requirement and start the time-to-trigger timer. If the measurement report meet the following formula and time-to-trigger timer does not expire, stop the time-to-trigger timer. Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT < Tother_RAT - H/2 The length of the time-to-trigger timer is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForVerify (with BSIC acknowledged) or the parameter TimeToTrigForNonVerify (with BSIC unacknowledged). 3. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate 3G-to-2G handover in the cells where the handover time-to-trigger timer expires.
3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Event Report Mode

After receiving the event 3A measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following decision and execution procedures: 1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3A into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality in descending order. 2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set to perform inter-RAT handover.
5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover

The rules for enabling the 3G-to-2G handover are based on the Service Handover Indicator and the capability requirement. The rules vary according to the types of inter-RAT handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
5-9
WCDMA RAN Handover
Capability Requirement
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability, service capability and UE capability. 2G cell capability: 2G cell capability is configured through the parameter RatCellType. This parameter indicates whether the cell supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE. Service required capability: The Required 2G Capability (Req2GCap) specifies the capability of 2G cells required by inter-RAT handover. This indicates whether the service is supported by the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE. UE capability: Upon the reception of the UE capability information message, the RNC decides whether to start the inter-RAT measurement. The information indicates whether the UE supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE. The following tables describe the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision. If the capability of all 2G neighboring cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement will not be triggered. Table 5-2 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision 2G Cell Capability EDGE UE Capability Service Required Capability EDGE EDGE GPRS GSM Allowed Allowed Not allowed GPRS Allowed Allowed Not allowed Not allowed Allowed Allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed GSM Allowed Allowed Allowed Not allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Not allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Not allowed
Not supported by 2G Not allowed GPRS EDGE GPRS GSM Allowed Allowed Not allowed
Not supported by 2G Not allowed GSM EDGE GPRS GSM Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
Not supported by 2G Not allowed
Service Handover Indicator

The RNC initiates the coverage- or QoS-based UMTS-to-GSM handover only when Service Handover Indicator is as follows: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
5-10
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
The IE Service Handover Indicator indicates the CN policy for the service handover to the 2G network. This IE is indicated in the Radio Access Bearer (RAB) assignment signaling assigned by the CN, or provided by the RNC side. The algorithm switch HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH decides whether the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC or the CN. If the switch is set to ON, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the parameter configured on the RNC side. If the switch is set to OFF, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is first based on the CN when the indicator is contained in the RAB assignment signaling assigned by the CN. If the CN does not allocate a service indicator, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC side. Through the SHIND parameter, the service handover indicators are set as follows: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed when 2G signals are available. HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong. HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is not performed even when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong. By default, the RNC does as follows: For a UE with a single signaling RAB, the RNC supports the handover to the GSM. But it is not recommended. For the UE accessing combined services (with CS services), the RNC sets the service handover indicator of the UE to that of the CS service, because the CS service has the highest QoS priority. For the UE accessing combined services (with only PS services), the RNC sets the service handover indicator of the UE to that of the PS service with the highest QoS priority If the service handover indicators are not configured by the CN, each indictor can be set to the service parameter index of a service on the RNC. Each service parameter index is the index of one typical service RAB, which involves a set of service type, source description, CN domain ID, and maximum rate (bit/s).
5.5 3G-to-2G NACC

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030801 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change). The Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function can efficiently reduce the delay of UMTS-to-GSM handover. Some services have requirements for the delay. If the handover takes too long, TCP may start slowly or data transmission of the service stream may be interrupted due to the overflow of the UE buffer. The introduction of NACC enables the system information exchange between different BSSs, or between BSS and RAN. Thus the inter-system delay, especially inter-system delay in PS domains, can be reduced. With NACC, the RNC sends the UE a cell change order, which contains the GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN) system information, when the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered. To enable the NACC function, do as follows: Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH to ON. Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL / MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppRIMFlag to TRUE.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
5-11
WCDMA RAN Handover
5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS PS handover is similar to the inter-RAT handover in the CS domain. If the HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is turned on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process. To enable the PS HO function, do as follows: Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH parameter to ON. Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL / MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppPSHOFlag to TRUE.
5.7 2G-to-3G Handover

The 2G-to-3G handover is initiated by the 2G network, where the dual-mode (GSM and WCDMA) mobile terminals are required. Both the GSM MSC and the GSM BSS must support the GSM-to-UMTS handover.
5-12
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
6 Load Handover
6 Load Handover
Load handover is used to balance the load among inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells. Load handover falls into the following categories: Inter-frequency LDR handover Inter-RAT LDR handover Inter-RAT service handover
6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover

6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure
The inter-frequency LDR handover (WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance) suits co-sited cells covering the same area. In the triggering phase The Load Reshuffling (LDR) module detects that the current cell is in basic congestion and then initiates an inter-frequency handover. In the decision phase For Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, the RNC decides to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover if the corresponding conditions are met. After the inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC chooses a decision algorithm according to whether the conditions of direct blind handover are met. For inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, the RNC requests the UE to perform the inter-frequency measurement. Based on the measurement results, the RNC chooses a target cell to perform inter-frequency hard handover. In the execution phase The RNC performs the handover according to the decision result. For details of LDR, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement

The Inter-frequency LDR handover uses the periodical report mode. In Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, CPICH RSCP of the used frequency is measured. In inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, both CPICH_RSCP and CPICH_Ec/No of the target frequency are measured.
6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution

The LDR algorithm may trigger an inter-frequency handover. The following describes the procedure for handover decision and execution. The inter-frequency LDR handover can be performed based on blind handover or measurement that can be decided by the parameter InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection.
Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Decision

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with low priority for handover. 2. The RNC determines to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover. If the UE is not in soft handover state, the RNC directly performs Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
6 Load Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
If the UE is in soft handover state, the RNC operates based on the following conditions: If the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to ON, The RNC determines whether the cell that triggers LDR is the best cell.
If
this cell is the best cell, the RNC initiates an intra-frequency measurement for Inter-frequency LDR blind handover. The intra-frequency measurement is used to estimate quality of the inter-frequency cell of the same coverage. this cell is not the best cell, the RNC does not initiate a Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
If
If the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RNC does not initiate a Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Execution

The inter-frequency cells with the same coverage area have the same CPICH RSCP values. By measuring the CPICH RSCP of the cell, the quality of the cells with the same coverage area can be determined, which increases the probability of successful blind handover. 1. The RNC initializes the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover. The timer is specified by internal algorithm and need not be configured. 2. The RNC initiates a periodical intra-frequency measurement. The measurement report mode is set to periodical report.
The The The The
reporting period is BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval. number of measurement reports is BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount. intra-frequency handover measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP. list of measured cells contains only the cells that trigger LDR.
3. After receiving from the UE the intra-frequency measurement reports for conditional blind handover, the RNC checks whether the following condition is met: CPICH RSCP of the cell in the measurement report >= BlindHOQualityCondition
If If
the condition is met, the RNC increments the counter of the number of intra-frequency measurement reports for blind handover by 1. the condition is not met, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the cell that triggers LDR and stops intra-frequency measurement for blind handover.
4. When the counter reaches the value of BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount, the RNC initiates a blind handover to the target cell. If the counter does not reach this value, the RNC waits for the next intra-frequency measurement report from the UE. 5. If the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover expires, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the target cell and stops intra-frequency handover measurement for blind handover. If the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS is triggered, the RNC stops the intra-frequency measurement for conditional blind handover.
Inter-Frequency LDR Measure-based Handover Decision and Execution

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with low priority for handover. 2. The RNC selects the target cell based on the measurement results. The report period is specified by the parameter PrdReportInterval. The target cell must meet the following conditions:
6-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover

The The The
6 Load Handover
CPICH RSCP value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdRscp. CPICH Ec/No value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdEcN0 target cell is not in the basic congestion state.
The RNC performs an inter-frequency hard handover to the target cell directly.
6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover

6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure
When the load of the 3G network is heavy and all the RABs of the UE are supported by the 2G network, the Inter-RAT (3G-to-2G) LDR handover (WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load) is triggered. Figure 6-1 Inter-RAT LDR handover procedure
In the triggering phase When the load of the 3G cell that the UE accesses is higher than the related threshold, the Load Reshuffling (LDR) algorithm makes a handover decision. For detailed information of the LDR, see Load Reshuffling in the Load Control Feature Parameter Description. In the measurement phase The RNC enables the compressed mode and starts the inter-RAT handover measurement. In the decision phase After the UE reports event 3C, the RNC makes a handover decision. In the execution phase The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement

For Inter-RAT LDR handover, the measurement report is triggered only by event. In inter-RAT LDR handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
6-3
6 Load Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
When the estimated quality of other system is higher than a certain threshold, the UE reports event 3C to the RNC. When the conditions for event 3C are met and the delay requirement specified by the TrigTime3C parameter can be satisfied, the UE sends the measurement report of event 3C. Event 3C is triggered on the basis of the following formula: MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3c/2 Where, MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range. CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range, which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset. TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS , PS domain R99 service, or PS domain HSPA service), this threshold can be configured through the following parameters:
TargetRatCsThd InterRATNCovHOPSThd
H3c is 3C hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3C. For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold(s) for CS services is (are) used.
6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution

After receiving the event 3C measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following handover decision and execution procedure: 1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3C into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the measurement quality in descending order. 2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set. To avoid the impact of the UE (in long-term measurement of compressed mode) on the radio network, the parameter InterRATHOAttempts is set to restrict the maximum attempts of the 3G-to-2G LDR-based or service-based handover. The parameter indicates the handover attempts made to the same cell or different cells. If the number of attempts exceeds the parameter value, the RNC does not initiate the handover.
6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover

Inter-RAT service handover supports 3G-to-2G handover based on service attributes. When 3G and 2G networks coexist, this feature enables the 3G traffic to be directed to the 2G network. This feature can balance the load between the two systems by transferring some kind of appropriate services to GSM/GPRS.
6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover

To perform the service-based 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC must turn on the related switches for services in the CS and PS domains. When a single CS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the 3G-to-2G service-based handover if CSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON. When a single PS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the service-based 3G-to-2G handover if PSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.
6-4
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
6 Load Handover
For the combined services, no service-based handover is triggered.
6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure

Figure 6-2 Service-based 3G-to-2G handover procedure
Except for the triggering phase, the procedure of Inter-RAT service Handover is the same as that of the Inter-RAT LDR handover. For details, see section 6.2.3 "Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution." When a service is established, the RNC requests the handover to the GSM based on the service type and service handover indicator assigned by the CN. Figure 6-3 shows an example of rules for the indicator of the 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
6-5
6 Load Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 6-3 Example of rules for indicator of 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service
6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover

The RNC initiates the 3G-to-2G load handover only when Service Handover Indicator (SHIND) is as follows: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM The RNC initiates the service-based 3G-to-2G handover only when the Service Handover Indicator is HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM. Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability (RatCellType), service required capability (Req2GCap) and UE capability. The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision. Table 6-1 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision Cell Capability EDGE UE Capability Service Capability (Required by 2G) EDGE EDGE GPRS GSM Not supported by 2G GPRS EDGE Allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed GPRS Allowed Allowed Not allowed Not allowed Allowed GSM Allowed Allowed Allowed Not allowed Allowed
6-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
6 Load Handover
Cell Capability
UE Capability
Service Capability (Required by 2G) EDGE GPRS Allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed GSM Allowed Allowed Not allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Not allowed
GPRS GSM Not supported by 2G GSM EDGE GPRS GSM Not supported by 2G
Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed
If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement will not be triggered.
6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information

In Inter-RAT LDR handover or service handover, load information is interchanged between 2G and 3G networks to facilitate inter-RAT handover (WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management). The load status between the source cell and the target cell can be acquired by interchanging load information between a 3G cell and a 2G cell during the LDR handover and service handover. Thus, whether to further conduct the handover can be determined to avoid the 2G cell overload and possible handovers to congested cells.
Interchanging Load information in 3G to 2G Handover

The procedure for load information interchanging between the 3G source cell and 2G target cell is described as follows: 1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to the 3G CN, If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUIRED message includes the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE that includes the load information of the 3G source cell. If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, then the RELOCATION REQUIRED message does not include the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE. 2. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message from the 2G CN, If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to ON, the RNC obtains the load information of the 2G target cell by reading the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, which is included in the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
If
the 2G load is lower than CSHOOut2GloadThd (for CS service), or if the 2G load is lower than PSHOOut2GloadThd (for PS service), the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure; otherwise, the RNC returns the Relocation Cancel message to the CN to cancel this inter-RAT handover and makes another handover attempt to the next candidate cell generated in the cell list based on inter-RAT measurement. the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, is not included in the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the load information of the 2G target cell is not considered and this inter-RAT handover is continued.
If
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
6-7
6 Load Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to OFF, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure without considering the thresholds.
Interchange Load Information in 2G-to-3G Handover

In 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service, the RNC can make a decision about admission considering the load information of the 3G target cell. This can avoid the worsening of the 3G system performance caused by 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service if the 3G system load is high. The procedure is described as follows: 1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message to the 3G CN,
If
the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message includes the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE, which includes the load information of the 3G target cell. the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message does not include the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE.
If
2. Depending on the network requirement, the 2G network decides whether to use the load information sent to the 3G network for judgment. 3. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the 3G CN,
If If
the 3G cell is not in the basic congestion state, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure. the 3G cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC returns RELOCATION FAILURE message to the CN to cancel the inter-RAT handover.
For the concept of "basic congestion", see the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
6-8
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7.1 HSDPA Handover
7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover
This section describes the decision and execution of intra-frequency handover, and the handover between a cell that supports the F-DPCH and a cell that does not support the F-DPCH after the introduction of HSDPA.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving an event 1A report, the RNC proceeds as follows: If the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value, the RNC adds the cell to the active set. If the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value, the RNC does not add the radio link to the active set.
Handling of Event 1B
After receiving an event 1B report, the RNC determines whether to delete a cell. If the cell to be deleted is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed. If the cell to be deleted is an HSDPA serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports HSDPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH. the new best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the continuity of the service.
If
Handling of Event 1C
After receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell. If the cell to be replaced is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed. If the cell to be replaced is an HSDPA serving cell, then:
If If
the best cell supports HSDPA, the best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH. the best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1D
After receiving an event 1D report, the RNC proceeds as follows: If the downlink service is carried on the HSDPA, then:
If
the new best cell in the active set supports HSDPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen) expires, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. the new best cell in the active set does not support HSDPA, the downlink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration. Figure 7-1 shows an example of how to handle event 1D in this situation. Assume that the UE moves from HSDPA cell 1 to HSDPA cell 2, that the two cells are intra-frequency neighboring cells, and that all the cells in the active set support HSDPA. The RNC updates the HSDPA serving cell according to the reported event and keeps the HSDPA serving cell consistent with the best cell.
If
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-1
7 HSPA Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 7-1 Intra-frequency handover between HSDPA cells when the best cell changes
If the downlink service is carried on the DCH, then: The UE is handover to the target cell, and the service is carried on DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the service on HS-DSCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry. In the execution procedure mentioned above, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH of the CmpSwitch parameter is used to determine whether the update of the active set and the change of the serving cell are synchronized. This switch is applicable to only R6 UEs. If the switch is ON, the UE supports the synchronization of the update of the active set and the change of the serving cell. If the switch is OFF, the UE reconfigures the change of the serving cell by allocating physical channels after updating the active set. During the update of the HSDPA serving cell, set the NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch parameter to determine whether to reset the UE MAC-hs.
7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure (HCS). The following describes the three possible scenarios in which an inter-frequency handover occurs.
Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSDPA Cell to an R99 Cell

As shown in Figure 7-2, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an R99 cell), the inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The RNC makes a handover decision for HSDPA services according to the neighboring cell measurement report, and reconfigures the service onto the DPCH of cell 2.
7-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Figure 7-2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSDPA cell to an R99 cell
Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an R99 Cell to an HSDPA Cell

As shown in Figure 7-3, when the UE moves from cell 2 (an R99 cell) to cell 1 (an HSDPA cell), the inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The RNC hands over the UE to the DPCH first, and then to the HS-PDSCH if the service can be carried on the HS-PDSCH. Figure 7-3 Inter-frequency handover from an R99 cell to an HSDPA cell
Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover Between HSDPA Cells

As shown in Figure 7-4, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an HSDPA cell) and the inter-frequency handover conditions are met, the UE is handed over from cell 1 to cell 2. The target cell becomes the new serving HS-PDSCH cell. If the serving or target cell is in load congestion when the UE performs a serving cell update for inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the service is reconfigured from the HS-PDSCH to the DPCH. The hard handovers of an HSDPA cell is the same as those of an R99 cell.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-3
7 HSPA Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 7-4 Inter-frequency handover between HSDPA cells
7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover

When the UE is handed over to a cell that supports the F-DPCH from another system and a UL or DL event 4A is reported, the RNC decides whether to change the bearer mode of TRB and SRB. If the TPC command is carried on the F-DPCH between the UE and the UTRAN, the SRB and the TRB are carried on the HS-DSCH. If a cell that does not support the F-DPCH is added to the active set, all the F-DPCHs are deleted. In addition, new DPCHs between the UE and all the cells in the active set are set up to carry the SRB and TPC commands.
7.2 HSUPA Handover

This section involves the feature WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management.
7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover

This section describes the decision and execution procedure of intra-frequency handover, and the handover between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI after the introduction of HSUPA.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows: If the target cell supports HSUPA and the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then: If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the target cell is added to both the DCH and E-DCH active sets. Otherwise, the target cell is added to only the DCH active set. After deciding that a cell can be added to the E-DCH active set, If the admission in the downlink fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry. Otherwise, if the admission in the downlink succeeds, the RNC perform the HSUPA admission in the uplink.
7-4
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover

If If
7 HSPA Handover
HSUPA admission in the uplink succeeds, the cell is added to the E-DCH active set and the DCH active set. HSUPA admission in the uplink fails, the cell is added only to the DCH active set. If the DCH admission in the uplink still fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
Handling of Event 1B
If the number of radio links in the DCH active set is larger than one, then: If the cell to be removed is not an HSUPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed. If the cell to be removed is an HSUPA serving cell, then:
If If
the new best cell supports HSUPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an E-DCH serving cell.
the new best cell does not support HSUPA, the uplink service is redirected to the DCH through the RB reconfiguration. the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell. the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH. If there remain other HSDPA services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell. the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:
If
If
If
Whether the cells under the adjacent RNC support CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the RNC-level parameter CSVoiceoverHSPASuppInd. After the best cell of a UE changes, if the size of the DCH or E-DCH active set of the new best cell is different from those of the old best cell, the RNC removes or reconfigures radio links to adapt to the size and configuration of the new best cell.
Handling of Event 1C
When event 1C is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according to measurement quantity. After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows: If the new cell supports HSUPA, then:
If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the new cell is added to the E-DCH active set. the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is also included in the E-DCH active set, the new cell joins the E-DCH active set through replacement. the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is not included in the E-DCH active set, the new cell is added only to the DCH active set. the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.
If
If
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:
If
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-5
7 HSPA Handover
If
WCDMA RAN Handover
the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration. If there remain other HSDPA services, the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell. the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS Voice over DCH. If the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, the HS-DSCH serving cell must be removed at the same time. Thus, a new E-DCH serving cell or HS-DSCH serving cell must be determined. The method is the same as that of removing the serving cell, as described in the previous section of Handling of Event 1B.
If
If the new cell does not support HSUPA, the cell is added to only the DCH active set.
Handling of Event 1D
If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency hard handover after receiving the event 1D report. If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are not fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency soft handover based on the measurement report. If the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then: If the new best cell in the active set supports HSUPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen) expires, the E-DCH serving cell becomes the best cell. The HSPA hysteresis timer is restarted after the cell change. If the new best cell in the active set does not support HSUPA,
The
uplink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration. If the reconfiguration fails, the service is still carried on the E-DCH. The UE is connected to the new best cell only on the DCH.
If the uplink service is carried on the DCH, then: The uplink service is still carried on the DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the service on E-DCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA, then: If the new best cell supports both HSUPA and HSDPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HSPA serving cell. Otherwise, the service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration.
Triggering of Event 1J
Event 1J is triggered under the following condition: 10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log(MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1j/2 MNew is the measurement result of the cell not in the E-DCH active set but in the DCH active set. CIONew and CIOInAS refer to the offset of each cell. MInAS is the measurement result of the cell in the E-DCH active set with the lowest measurement result. H1J is the hysteresis parameter for event 1J and is determined by Hystfor1J. If the measurement result is CPICH-Ec/No, MNew and MInAS are expressed as ratios. If the measurement result is CPICH-RSCP, MNew and MInAS are expressed in mW.
7-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Figure 7-5 Triggering of event 1J
A: signal quality curve of a cell in the E-DCH active set B: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the E-DCH active set C: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set D: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set In Figure 7-5, the hysteresis and the cell individual offsets for all cells equal 0. The first measurement report is sent when primary CPICH D becomes better than primary CPICH B. The "cell measurement event result" of the measurement report contains the information of primary CPICH D and CPICH B. On the assumption that the E-DCH active set has been updated after the first measurement report (E-DCH active set is now primary CPICH A and primary CPICH D), the second report is sent when primary CPICH C becomes better than primary CPICH A. The "cell measurement event result" of the second measurement report shows that primary CPICH C is better than primary CPICH A in quality. The following parameters need to be set on the RNC LMT: Hystfor1J: hysteresis of event 1J TrigTime1J: time to trigger event 1J PeriodMRReportNumfor1J: number of periodic reports for event 1J ReportIntervalfor1J: report interval for event 1J after change to the periodic report HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: measurement control switch for event 1J. When the switch is ON, the UE version is R6 and event 1J is included in the intra-frequency measurement control message. After receiving the intra-frequency measurement report from the UE, the RNC decides whether to go to the execution phase, depending on the information in the report.
Handling of Event 1J
Event 1J provides the solution to the issue of how to add an HSUPA cell in a DCH active set to an E-DCH active set. This event is triggered when a non-active E-DCH but active DCH primary CPICH becomes better than an active E-DCH primary CPICH.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-7
7 HSPA Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
When event 1J is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according to measurement quantity. After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows: If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured to E-DCH. If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the RNC searches the measurement report for the non-serving Cell_EDCH with the lowest measured quality in the E-DCH active set. Then, the uplink of the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured from DCH to E-DCH, and the uplink of CELL-EDCH is reconfigured from E-DCH to DCH.
Handover Between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI

For HSUPA, 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are applicable but not all the cells support 2 ms TTI. When both 2ms-TTI-capable and 2ms-TTI-incapable cells exist in a network, a UE may undergo handovers between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI (WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover).. Only when all the cells in the E-DCH active set support 2 ms TTI can the services be configured to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI. If any cell in the E-DCH active set does not support 2 ms TTI, the services are configured on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI. The detailed principles are as follows: When the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI, if a cell that supports only 10 ms TTI is to be added to the E-DCH active set, the source cell undergoes a radio bearer reconfiguration to 10 ms TTI. A soft handover to the target cell is performed. Upon each handover, if a radio link needs to be added, removed, or replaced, the RNC judges whether all the cells in the E-DCH active set and the UE support 2 ms TTI. If they all support 2 ms TTI and the uplink service is currently carried on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI, the RNC reconfigures the service to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.
If If
the reconfiguration fails, a timer is started for periodic retries to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI. the handover is performed before the timer expires, the timer is stopped. the handover, the RNC decides whether to start the timer, based on the handover result.
After
7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure (HCS). The introduction of HSUPA does not affect the triggering conditions and decisions of these types of inter-frequency handover. During the execution phase, whether to reconfigure the services from E-DCH to DCH depends on the HSUPA capability of the target cell. After the handover, a decision must be made about whether to reconfigure the services from DCH to E-DCH. Table 7-1 describes the three possible scenarios for inter-frequency handover.
7-8
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Table 7-1 Scenarios for inter-frequency handover Scenario Description Scenario 1 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell The UE moves from one HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell. Event 2B is triggered. Scenario 2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell The UE moves from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell. Event 2B is triggered. Scenario 3 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell The UE moves from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell. Event 2B is triggered.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the target cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the target cell is reconfigured as an HSPA serving cell. Otherwise, the service of CS Voice over HSPA must first be reconfigured as CS Voice over DCH. Whether the target RNC supports CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the parameter CSVoiceOverHspaSuppInd.
Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to Another HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-6. Figure 7-6 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC. If the request is accepted, the handover is performed through the physical channel reconfiguration message. If the request is rejected, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-9
7 HSPA Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to a Non-HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to non-HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-7. Figure 7-7 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered, and the target cell does not support HSUPA. The DCH admission request is made for the target cell. After the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover from a Non-HSUPA Cell to an HSUPA Cell

Assume that the UE moves from non-HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-8. Figure 7-8 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The inter-frequency handover on DCH is performed, and the HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC. After the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the DCH are reconfigured for the E-DCH.
7-10
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover

If the current service is CS voice service and the UE is handed over from a 2G cell to a 3G cell, If the UE supports CS Voice Over HSPA and the target 3G RAN supports CS Voice Over HSPA, the service is configured as CS Voice over HSPA when the UE is handed over to the 3G system. Otherwise, the service is configured as CS Voice Over DCH when the UE is handed over to the 3G system.
7.3 HSPA+ Handover

7.3.1 Overview
The basic mechanisms of handover remain unchanged after the introduction of HSPA+. New functions are added to handle the scenario where the source cell and target cell support different HSPA+ technologies or where admission control prevents the UE from using the preferred technologies. Whether a neighboring cell supports HSPA+ technologies can be set through the parameter CellCapContainerFdd. Figure 7-9 shows the procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration. Figure 7-9 Procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration
The procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration is as follows: 1. In the preselection phase (during handover decision) The RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies based on the technologies provided for the UE in the source cell and the capability of the target cell. 2. In the fallback phase (during handover execution) The RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies to the UE in the target cell. If the RNC fails to do so, it selects technologies with lower ranking and attempts to apply them to the UE. 3. In the retry phase (after handover) After the handover, the RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies that failed to be applied to the UE in the target cell.
7.3.2 Preselection Phase

HSPA+ technologies are preselected in the preselection phase (during handover decision). For DC-HSDPA, MIMO+64QAM, MIMO, 64QAM, downlink enhanced L2, and HS-SCCH Less Operation, the preselection schemes are as follows:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-11
7 HSPA Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
If the target cell supports the same technologies as the source cell and the bearer scheme allows the target cell to continue using them, the RNC preselects these technologies for the target cell. Otherwise, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell. For uplink 16QAM, uplink enhanced L2 and DTX/DRX, the preselection schemes are as follows: During an intra-frequency soft handover, the RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies if both of the following conditions are met:
All
the cells in the active set support the technologies. target cell supports the technologies.
The
Otherwise, the RNC does not preselect them. During an intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell. For example, if the UE uses MIMO and downlink enhanced L2 in the source cell and the target cell supports only downlink enhanced L2, the RNC preselects only downlink enhanced L2 for the UE.
7.3.3 Fallback Phase

HSPA+ technologies with lower ranking are selected in the fallback phase (during handover execution). In this phase, the RNC performs admission control based on the preselected technologies. If the admission is unsuccessful, the RNC selects DCH to carry services. If the admission is successful, the RNC sends a configuration message to the NodeB. If the NodeB fails to allocate required resources because of insufficient resources, the RNC selects technologies with lower ranking. In other words, the technologies are degraded as follows: From DC-HSDPA to SC-HSDPA From MIMO+64QAM to 64QAM From MIMO to HSDPA (downlink enhanced L2) From DTX_DRX to HSPA For uplink 16QAM, it is degraded to DCH to carry services regardless of whether the admission fails or the resource allocation by the NodeB fails.
7.3.4 Retry Phase

In the retry phase, if both the UE and the network meet the requirements for configuring higher-ranked technologies, the RNC attempts to apply them, which may not be pre-selected in the preselection phase or fails to be applied in the fallback phase. For example, the RNC attempts to use DC-HSDPA instead of SC-HSDPA. The retry procedure is as follows: 1. The RNC starts the handover protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen). 2. After the timer expires, the RNC attempts to apply higher-ranked technologies. 3. If the retry fails, the RNC starts the retry timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) for periodic retry attempts. The HSPA+ technologies that can be retried are specified by the parameter RetryCapability.
7-12
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change

HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which may affect the system performance, a protection timer HspaTimerLen is introduced. This timer shall be started when the serving HS-DSCH cell changes or the E-DCH serving cell changes. And no more 1D-triggered serving cell change shall be performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if current serving cell is to be removed from the active set. The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be initiated immediately.
7.5 HSPA Retry

If a UE has a HSDPA/HSUPA suitable service, the RNC tries to reconfigure the service onto the HS-DSCH/E-DCH as soon as possible. After handover or radio bearer setup, the HSPA suitable service may be set up on the DCH or FACH in a cell. If the cell is capable of HSPA or the cell has a HSPA capable neighboring cell, the RNC retries to configure the service on the HS-DSCH/E-DCH in this cell or in its neighboring cell. To avoid frequent handovers at the boundary between an HSPA cell and an R99 cell, a protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen) is used. After a handover, the timer starts. After this timer expires, the RNC retries to configure the service of the UE onto the HS-DSCH or E-DCH if either of the following two conditions is met: The target cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA. The target cell does not support HSDPA or HSUPA but has a DRD neighboring cell. If the admission fails during the reconfiguration, the timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) is started. Periodic retries to HS-DSCH or E-DCH are performed.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
7-13
WCDMA RAN Handover
8 HCS Handover
8 HCS Handover
8.1 Overview
HCS handover (WRFD-021200 HCS) is one type of inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover. HCS handover is based on UE speed estimation, and is also called speed-based handover. In a 3G network, hot spots in radio communication may appear with the increase of subscribers and traffic. This requires more cells to increase the network capacity. More cells and smaller cell radius lead to more frequent handovers of UEs. For a UE in fast movement, frequent handovers reduce call quality, increase uplink interference, and increase signaling load. Here, Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) is a mechanism that arranges different cells at different layers. HCS handover instructs UEs to stay at different layers based on speed estimation, thus increasing the network capacity. Figure 8-1 shows an HCS example with three layers. Figure 8-1 HCS with three layers
The features of different cells are as follows: Macro cell

Large
coverage coverage environment
Continuous Low
requirement for capacity
Fast-moving
Micro cell
Densely High
populated areas environment
requirement for capacity
Slow-moving
Pico cell
Indoor
coverage blind spot coverage environment
Outdoor
Slow-moving
The pico cell has the highest priority and the macro cell has the lowest priority. Based on speed estimation, the RNC instructs a fast-moving UE to select a cell with a lower priority to decrease the frequency of handovers, and instructs a slow-moving UE to select a cell with a higher priority to increase the network capacity. The cell with a lower priority has larger coverage, and the cell with a higher priority has smaller coverage. RNC supports the HCS with eight layers. The priority level of a cell is set by the HCSPrio parameter.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
8-1
8 HCS Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
To allow HCS handover, the RNC must enable the function through the HoSwitch: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH parameter.
8.2 HCS Handover Procedure

HCS handover is based UE speed estimation. Figure 8-2 shows HCS handover procedure. Figure 8-2 HCS handover procedure
In the triggering phase The RNC receives the handover request from the HCS speed estimation function. The HCS handover is of two types: handover from the macro cell to the micro cell and handover from the micro cell to the macro cell. For different types of handover, the RNC acts differently. In the measurement and decision phases
If
the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message. After the UE reports event 2C for inter-frequency handover or 3C for inter-RAT handover, the RNC performs the handover decision. the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell, the RNC directly performs blind handover, ignoring the measurement procedure.
If
In the execution phase The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
8-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover

If
8 HCS Handover
the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell and the target cell allows blind handover (configured through the parameter BlindHOFlag), the RNC performs blind handover to the target cell. If the blind handover fails, the RNC starts the inter-frequency (or inter-RAT) measurement procedure and performs the handover procedure to the cell with the best quality after receiving event 2C or 3C from the UE. the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC starts the inter-frequency (or inter-RAT) measurement procedure and performs the handover procedure to the cell with the best quality after receiving event 2C or 3C from the UE.
If
8.3 UE Speed Estimation

This section describes high-speed estimation, low-speed estimation, and anti-ping-pong event 1D recording. Based on the number of changes of the best cell within a specified period, the speed estimation algorithm estimates the moving speed of the UE. Then, the RNC decides the UE speed. The procedure for high-speed estimation is as follows: If HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not lowest priority, the RNC initiates a high-speed estimation for the UE after receiving an event 1D report. If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is higher than the NFastSpdEst within the TFastSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in fast movement. The procedure for low-speed estimation is as follows: If the HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not highest priority, the RNC starts the timer TCycleSlow after the RRC connection is set up. When the timer TCycleSlow expires, the RNC initiates a low-speed estimation for the UE. If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is lower than the NSlowSpdEst within the TSlowSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in slow movement. If frequent changes of the best cell occur, several events 1D for the same cell may be recorded. This may lead to inaccurate UE speed estimation. Therefore, a mechanism is used for anti-ping-pong event 1D recording. During the recent period specified by TRelateLength, if multiple event 1Ds are reported for a certain cell, only the first one is recorded.
8.4 HCS Handover Measurement

In the case of handover from high layer to the low layer (from micro cell to macro cell), the UE does not perform measurement. The RNC decides the blind handover for the UE. For the handover from low layer to the high layer (from macro cell to micro cell), the HCS handover uses the measurement and the UE uses event-triggered report mode. In inter-frequency HCS handover, event 2C takes only CPICH Ec/No as measurement quantity. In inter-RAT HCS handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.
Triggering of Event 2C
When the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold, the UE report event 2C to the RNC. After the conditions of event 2C are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime2C is reached, the UE reports the event 2C measurement report message..
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
8-3
8 HCS Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
Event 2C is triggered on the basis of the following formula: QNoused TNoused2c + H2c/2 Where, QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies. TNoused2c is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies, namely, InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0. H2c is the event 2C hysteresis value Hystfor2C.
8.5 HCS Handover Execution

HCS handover execution based on UE speed estimation falls into two categories: inter-layer handover in fast movement and inter-layer handover in slow movement. The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates the corresponding handover based on speed estimation: If the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority. If the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority. If the UE is in normal movement, no inter-layer handover occurs. When the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower or higher priority, the neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account. If there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly.
Inter-Layer Handover in Fast Movement

When deciding that the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority (handover from micro cell to macro cell). If the UE is located in the overlap between the cell with a higher priority and the cell with a lower priority, a blind handover is initiated. 1. The RNC selects the neighboring cells with a lower HCS priority level to generate a cell list. The neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account. If there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly. 2. The RNC searches for neighboring cells for blind handover according to BlindHOFlag from the cell list generated in step 1. 3. The RNC chooses a neighboring cell whose BlindHOQualityCondition value is the smallest for blind handover. The RNC determines whether the target cell supports the current service. If the target cell does not support the current service, the RNC does not perform the blind handover. The target cell can be a UMTS cell or a GSM cell. The priority of an intra-RAT inter-frequency blind handover is higher than that of an inter-RAT blind handover. If the neighboring cell for blind handover is not configured or the blind handover fails, a measurement is initiated for cells with a lower priority. The target cell is decided on the basis of the measurement report from the UE.
Inter-Layer Handover in Slow Movement

When deciding that the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority (handover from macro cell to micro cell).
8-4
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
8 HCS Handover
The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates a measurement for cells with a higher priority and then decides the target cell based on the measurement report from the UE.
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover

The signaling procedure for HCS handover is the same as that for inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover.
8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers

This section describes the following aspects: Interoperability between HCS handover and intra-frequency handover Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-frequency handover Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-RAT handover
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Intra-Frequency Handover

If an intra-frequency handover is requested when an HCS handover measurement is initiated and an intra-frequency cell measurement is ongoing, the HCS handover measurement is not disrupted. After the intra-frequency handover is finished, If the best cell remains unchanged, the HCS measurement continues. If the best cell changes, the high-speed estimation for the UE is triggered.
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-Frequency Handover

An inter-frequency handover is triggered by one of the following factors: Reporting of event 2D QoS problem caused by the quality imbalance between uplink and downlink Imbalance of load between inter-frequency cells UE speed decision in HCS Reporting of event 2D indicates that the inter-frequency handover based on coverage is triggered, which is of high priority to be processed. If the HCS handover algorithm is performing inter-frequency measurement when event 2D is reported, the measurement control is modified according to the algorithm of inter-frequency handover based on coverage. If the RNC is performing inter-frequency measurement after event 2D is reported, HCS handover will not be executed. If the measurement due to other causes stops, then HCS handover measurement is restarted. Other causes may be reception of event 2F, expiration of measurement control, or others. When a speed-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines first whether the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires. If the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels this handover. If the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-RAT Handover

It is strongly recommended that the inter-RAT handover to 2G not be used in HCS handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
8-5
9 Blind Handover
WCDMA RAN Handover
Set the UseOfHcs parameter to NOT_USED to disable HCS priority setting for neighboring GSM cells.
9 Blind Handover
Overview
There are two types of blind handover: emergent blind handover and non-emergent blind handover. Emergent blind handover is triggered by 1F event which indicates the used frequency becomes worse. The UE must perform emergent handover to avoid call drops. Non-emergent blind handover may be triggered by LDR, DRD, or HCS speed estimation. For details about LDR and DRD, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description. For details about HCS speed estimation, see chapter 8 "HCS Handover." The parameter BlindHoFlag is configured for neighboring cells and determines whether a blind handover to this cell is allowed. The parameter BlindHOPrio indicates the blind handover priority of the cell. The value 0 represents the highest priority.
Triggering of Event 1F
After the conditions of event 1F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime1F is reached, the UE reports the event 1F measurement report message. Event 1F is triggered on the basis of the following formula: 10LogMOld T1f - H1f/2 Where, MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse. T1f is an absolute threshold. It is set through the parameter IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP or IntraAblThdFor1FecNo. H1f is the event 1F hysteresis value set through the parameter Hystfor1F.
Blind Handover Based on Event 1F

When there is only one cell in the active set, the RNC performs inter-frequency blind handover after receiving event 1F. 1. The RNC gets the actual best cell from event 1F. If the quality of the best cell meets the blind handover condition (BlindHORSCP1FThreshold), the RNC gets neighboring cells for blind handover of the best cell, and filtrates the cells which belong to the frequency bands that UEs don't support. If the quality of the best cell is lower than BlindHORSCP1FThreshold, the UE is at the edge of the network coverage and the blind handover is not allowed. 2. If there are multiple neighboring cells for blind handover, the RNC chooses the cell with the lowest value of BlindHOQualityCondition and the cell must support all the current services of UE. When there are multiple such cells, the RNC choose the neighboring cell for blind handover randomly.
9-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
10 Handover Protection
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong
Inter-Frequency Anti-Ping-Pong
After an inter-frequency handover based on coverage or an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the anti-ping-pong algorithm to prevent frequent switching between inter-frequency handovers triggered by different causes. The inter-frequency anti-ping-pong algorithm is as follows: 1. When a coverage-based inter-frequency handover or an inter-frequency blind handover based on event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength for the UE. 2. When a non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.
If If
the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels the handover. the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
Inter-RAT (2G-to-3G) Anti-Ping-Pong

For the 2G-to-3G handover, the measurement control message is delivered through a system information broadcast of 2G when the 2G cell has a neighboring 3G cell. The dual-mode MS performs the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement results. Based on the reported measurement values, the BSC decides whether to perform the handover to the 3G network. To avoid the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G, the 2G-to-3G handover penalty algorithm is used. When the UE is handed over from 2G to 3G and if any CS domain service exists, the system increases the hysteresis of event 3A through the parameter InterRATPingPongHyst to prevent the UE from the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G in the period specified by the parameter InterRATPingPongTimer. During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.
10.2 Handover Retry

10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry
If an inter-frequency handover based on event-triggered measurement report mode fails, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency handover attempt according to inter-frequency retry algorithm. After the inter-frequency handover fails, the retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum allowed retry number. If the handover succeeds or two new event 2B reports are received, the periodical retry is stopped. For the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS, the following two parameters determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times: Retry timer: PeriodFor2B Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt2B For the inter-frequency handover based on speed, the following two parameters determine the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
10-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
Retry timer:PeriodFor2C Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt2C
10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry

For an inter-RAT handover failure, if the cause of the failure is not a configuration failure and the retry timer expires, the UE makes attempts to hand over to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum retry number. The retry timer and maximum retry number for coverage-based and QoS-based inter-RAT handover are: Retry timer:PeriodFor3A Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt3A The retry timer and maximum retry number for LDR-based and service-based inter-RAT handover are: Retry timer: PeriodFor3C Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt3C The inter-RAT handover retry algorithm works in the following two signaling procedures:
Signaling Procedure for Iu Relocation

1. The RELOCATION REQUIRED message is initiated on the Iu interface. 2. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE message, the inter-RAT handover fails. If the cause of the failure is one of the following configuration failure, the RNC does not make a handover retry to the cell.
Relocation Relocation Relocation
Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System, or not supported in Target RNC or Target System, or Target not allowed
Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes handover attempts to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum retry number. 3. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the handover on the Uu interface continues. 4. If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.
Signaling Procedure for Service-based Handover on the Uu Interface

For CS services or CS and PS combined services, the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed only when the handover based on CS services is made. For a PS service or combined PS services, the CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN or HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed. If the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE or CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is received, the handover on the Uu interface fails. If the "Inter-RAT handover failure cause" in HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", or if the "Inter-RAT change failure cause" in CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", the RNC does not make a handover retry to the cell. Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum number.
10-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.
10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback

This section involves the feature "WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. Before the RNC performs handover for the UE that is enjoying the video phone (VP) service, the RNC initiates multimedia fallback to change the VP service to the Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service, that is, to perform the 3G-to-2G handover based on the CS AMR speech service.
Overview of Fallback Service

Compared with the traditional speech service of the GSM, the VP service of the UMTS can transmit not only speech services between the calling party and the called party, but also the images and videos captured by both parties. Since the actual implementation is limited by terminals and networks, the VP service sometimes carries only speech and may fail to transmit images or videos. In this scenario, the Service Change and Unrestricted Digital Information Fallback (SCUDIF) provide the fallback mechanism that changes a video call to a common speech call. As specified in 3GPP TS 23.172, the fallback service of the VP is categorized into the following two types: The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during call setup. The RNC does not take part in the process. Therefore, the detailed description of fallback process is not given hereinafter. The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during the call.
Triggering of Fallback Service

Currently, the network-initiated multimedia fallback is performed only for the 3G-to-2G handover. Service changes triggered by the UEs are not supported. Fallback is initiated when both of the following occasions are met: The RNC decides to send an inter-RAT handover request after receiving periodical measurement reports of event 1A, 3A, or 3C. The service is combined with a VP, and the "Alternative RAB Parameters" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message is a valid AMR speech format.
Procedure of Service Change

Figure 10-1 shows the service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover. The network initiates the service change, that is, the RNC initiates the change from the VP service to the speech service during the call.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
10-3
WCDMA RAN Handover
Figure 10-1 Service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain
1. The CN sends the SRNC a RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to set up the VP service. 2. During 3G-to-2G handover, the SRNC sends a RANAP RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to change the VP service to the AMR speech service. In the 3GPP R6 protocol, the information element (IE) Alternative RAB Configuration Request is also added to the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, which enables the RNC to request the CN to change the VP service to the AMR speech service. 3. The MSC initiates the Bearer Capability (BC) negotiation with the UE. 4. After the negotiation, the RNC is requested to perform service change. When the multimedia fallback ends, the RNC decides whether to perform the 3G-to-2G handover according to the current measurements reported by the UE. At the beginning of the service setup, the RNC saves the RAB parameters. The CN initiates the RAB reconfiguration to request both parties to perform the multimedia fallback. The single VP service falls back to the single AMR speech service. The multi-RAB service combined with VP falls back to the multi-RAB service combined with AMR. If the multimedia fallback succeeds, that is, the video phone in the service falls back to speech successfully, the inter-RAT handover is initiated. Otherwise, the inter-RAT handover fails.
10.4 Transfering Event Report to Periodical Report

After a UE reports event 1A, 1C or, 1J to the RNC, the RNC may miss the measurement reports. If the reported cell does not join active set in a specified period of time, the UE starts to report the event periodically to avoid missing of measurement reports. This parameter specifies the reporting period of event 1A. That is, event 1A is reported at each reporting interval. ReportIntervalfor1A ReportIntervalfor1C ReportIntervalfor1J
WCDMA RAN Handover
The following parameters specify the number of reporting times of events for periodical reporting. When the actual reporting times exceeds the set value, the periodical reporting ends. PeriodMRReportNumfor1A PeriodMRReportNumfor1C PeriodMRReportNumfor1J
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
10-5
WCDMA RAN Handover
11 Neighboring Cell Combination

Overview
After the active set is updated, the RNC updates the neighboring cell list by using the neighboring cell combination algorithm according to the status of the active set. This list includes the new intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells. The combination methods of intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover are the same. If the radio link of the drift RNC (DRNC) is added to the active set, the source RNC (SRNC) buffers the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cell lists of the DRNC until the radio link of the DRNC is released. The neighboring cell combination result is contained in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and sent to the UE, which instructs the UE to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT measurement and handover procedures. The maximum number of neighboring cells of a cell that can be configured is as follows: The maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring cells is 32, which includes the cell itself. The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of single carrier is 32. The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of 2 carriers is 64. No more than 2 carriers of inter-frequency cells can be configured. The maximum number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 32
Neighboring Cell Combination Switch

HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is the neighboring cell combination switch. If the switch is set to ON, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of all the cells in the active set. If the switch is set to OFF, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of the best cell. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is set to ON by default.
Procedure of the Neighboring Cell Combination

After obtaining the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells of each cell in the active set, the RNC calculates the combined neighboring cell set, which is referred as Sall, by using the following method. These neighboring cells and active cells are added to Sall in the following order until the number reaches the maximum number of neighboring cells: Step 1 The best cell in the active is added to Sall. The best cell is reported on event 1D. Step 2 Other cells in the active set are added to Sall in the in descending order by CPICH Ec/No. Step 3 The neighboring cells of the best cell in the active set are added to Sall. NprioFlag (the flag of the priority) and Nprio (the priority of the neighboring cell), which are set for each neighboring cell, are used to change the order of adding the neighboring cells to Sall. When NprioFlag is switched to FALSE, NPrio is cleared. When NprioFlag is switched to TRUE, NPrio is set simultaneously.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
11-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
Step 4 The neighboring cells of other cells in the active set are added to Sall in descending order by CPICH Ec/No values of these cells in the active set. The number to be repeatedly added of each neighboring cell is recorded. The neighboring cells of the same cell in the active set are added according to Nprio. If the number of the cells in Sall is more than maximum number of neighboring cells, delete the neighboring cells whose repeated number in Sall is less. The best cell and its neighboring cells will not be deleted. ----End
11-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
12 Compressed Mode
12 Compressed Mode
Overview
Compressed mode control is a mechanism whereby certain idle periods are created in radio frames during which the UE can perform measurements on other frequencies. The UE must use the compressed mode if the UE needs to measure the pilot signal strength of an inter-frequency cell or inter-RAT cell and has a single-frequency receiver only. Figure 12-1 Compressed mode
Compressed Mode Switches

The parameter DlSFLimitCMInd decides whether to start the DL compressed mode according to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd. If DlSFLimitCMInd = True,
When When
the downlink spreading factor is smaller than or equal to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the compressed mode is disabled. the downlink spreading factor is greater than the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the compressed mode is enabled.
If DlSFLimitCMInd = False, the compressed mode is not limited by the downlink spreading factor. The uplink 384kbps uses SF4. The method of SF/2 is not allowed for the services of SF4. CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to set up the uplink RB of SF4 during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to ON, the RB of SF4 can be set up during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement, however, cannot be triggered, because SF4 cannot be compressed to SF2. If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RB of SF4 cannot be set up during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The system can trigger the SF/2 compressed mode measurement. CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to use the frequencies beyond the range of UE reports on the compressed mode measurement. To initiate the high layer scheduling, set the following two switches: If the algorithm switch CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON, the DL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is allowed. If the algorithm switch CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON, the UL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is allowed.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
12-1
12 Compressed Mode
WCDMA RAN Handover
Compression Methods
There are two methods to implement the compressed mode as follows: Method SF/2 Description The SF is reduced by half to improve the rate on the channel. It takes less time to transmit the same volume of data. In this way transmit gaps are created. The SF must be larger than 4. The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. High layer scheduling High layer limits the allowed TFC (Transport Format Combination) to create gaps without data to be transmitted. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users.
The RNC automatically determines the type of compressed mode on the basis of the spreading factor used in the uplink or the downlink. When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter DlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used. When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter UlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.
Compression Types
The compression types are as follows: Inter-frequency measurement Inter-RAT measurement Coexistence of inter-frequency and inter-RAT The parameter InterFreqRATSwitch determines the compression types allowed by the RNC If the parameter is set to INTERFREQ, the RNC allows the UE to perform only inter-frequency measurement If the parameter is set to INTERRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform only Inter-RAT measurement. If the parameter is set to SIMINTERFREQRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform both inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement. During the concurrent inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement, the parameter CoexistMeasThdChoice decides the event 2D threshold: When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, the inter-frequency measurement threshold for event 2D is used. When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT, the inter-RAT measurement threshold for event 2D is used.
12-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
12 Compressed Mode
Measurement Timer Length

When the UE takes a long time to perform the inter-frequency measurement in compressed mode, the radio network will be affected. To avoid the influence, the RNC stops the inter-frequency measurement and disables the compressed mode if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiry of the inter-frequency measurement timer. The timer is specified by InterFreqMeasTime in inter-frequency handover based on coverage, load or HCS. The timer is specified by InterRATMeasTime in inter-RAT handover based on coverage, load, or service. The timer is specified by DLQosMcTimerLen or ULQosMcTimerLen in inter-RAT handover based on downlink or uplink QoS respectively.
Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver

If the UE has a dual-frequency receiver, it can perform inter-frequency measurement without starting the compressed mode if all of the following conditions are met: The CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH is on. The value of the IE "Adjacent frequency measurements without compressed mode" reported by the UE is TRUE. For the UE that supports dual-carrier HSDPA(DC-HSDPA):
If
the UE has a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the same frequency as the supplementary carrier. the UE does not have a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the same frequency, with a 5 MHz spacing from the current cell, but within the same band as the current cell.
If
Each physical frame can provide three to seven timeslots for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell measurement.
Compatibility Switches for HSPA

There are some UEs that do not support the CM when an HSPA+ or HSDPA or HSUPA service is active. For compatibility reasons with these UE, compatibility switch parameters have been introduced. The parameter HsdpaCMPermissionInd is used to enable or disable CM for HSDPA users. If this parameter value is TRUE, CM is permitted on HSDPA and HSDPA can be activated with CM activated. If this parameter value is FALSE, H2D is needed before CM activated when HSDPA exists and HSDPA can't exist when CM is activated. The parameter HsupaCMPermissionInd decides whether the compressed mode (CM) can be used on HSUPA. If the parameter is set to Permit, the UE in E-DCH state performs measurement. If the parameter is set to Limited, the reconfiguration from E-DCH to DCH is required before CM is activated because HSUPA does not support CM. If the parameter is set to BasedOnUECap, the RNC determines whether to perform E2D procedure before CM activated based on the UE capability. The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd indicates whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with the HSPA+ service.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
12-3
12 Compressed Mode
WCDMA RAN Handover
When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is FALSE the switch is deactivated and the RNC, before request to the UE to start the CM, starts a RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to degrade the HSPA+ service to DCH, than requests the UE to start the COMPRESSED MODE.
After
the Hard Handover is completed the RNC starts a RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to promote the DCH service to HSPA+
When
this switch is disabled all the HSPA+ UEs (CM and not CM capable) are degraded to DCH before the CM procedure.
When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is TRUE the switch is activated and the RNC does not triggers the RB RECONFIGURATION procedure before to request the CM. Not affected UEs are capable to start the measurements during the HSPA+ service and can perform the Hard Handover without service degrades. On the contrary, UEs that do not support the CM during HSPA+ are not capable to complete the Hard Handover procedure successfully.
12-4
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
13 Parameters
Table 13-1 Parameter description Parameter ID NE MML Description
AmntOfRpt2 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Maximum number of inter-frequency handover B UCELLINTE re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the measurement RFREQHOC control message is valid. OV(Optional) If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of MOD inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the possibility UCELLINTE of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load RFREQHOC becomes normal increases. When the number of inter-frequency OV(Optional) handover re-attempts reaches the threshold, the RNC sends another inter-frequency measurement control message to allow the UE to be handed over to other cells of this frequency. If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency handover re-attempt is stopped. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 4 AmntOfRpt2 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum number of inter-frequency handover B UINTERFRE re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the measurement QHOCOV(O control message is valid. ptional) If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. When the number of inter-frequency handover re-attempts reaches the threshold, the RNC sends another inter-frequency measurement control message to allow the UE to be handed over to other cells of this frequency. If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency handover re-attempt is stopped. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 4 AmntOfRpt2 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts for event 2C. C UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover RFREQHON re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement control message COV(Option is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, inter-frequency al) handover re-attempts increase and the possibility of successfully MOD handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal UCELLINTE increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the preset RFREQHON value, the RNC does not attempt to perform the handover. COV(Option Alternatively, when the measurement control is cancelled, the al) handover re-attempt is stopped immediately. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Unit: None Default Value: 1 AmntOfRpt2 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts for event 2C. C UINTERFRE This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover QHONCOV( re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement control message Optional) is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, inter-frequency handover re-attempts increase and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the preset value, the RNC does not attempt to perform the handover. Alternatively, when the measurement control is cancelled, the handover re-attempt is stopped immediately. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 1 AmntOfRpt3 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts after inter-RAT A UCELLINTE handover triggered by event 3A fails. RRATHOCO This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover V(Optional) re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement control is valid. If MOD this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT UCELLINTE handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully RRATHOCO handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal V(Optional) increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 4 Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts after inter-RAT AmntOfRpt3 BSC6900 SET A UINTERRAT handover triggered by event 3A fails. HOCOV(Opti This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover onal) re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement control is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 4 AmntOfRpt3 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 3C. C UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover RRATHONC attempts for event 3C when the measurement control message is
13-2
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
OV(Optional) valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of MOD inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of UCELLINTE successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load RRATHONC becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by OV(Optional) this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 1 AmntOfRpt3 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 3C. C UINTERRAT This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover HONCOV(O attempts for event 3C when the measurement control message is ptional) valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be aborted. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity Unit: None Default Value: 1 BlindHOFlag BSC6900 ADD U2GNCELL( Optional) MOD U2GNCELL( Optional) Meaning: Whether to perform blind handover. The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell cannot be triggered. GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False
BlindHOFlag BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Whether to perform blind handover. UINTERFRE The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a QNCELL(Op candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell tional) cannot be triggered. MOD UINTERFRE GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE QNCELL(Op Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE tional) Unit: None Default Value: False BlindHOIntraf BSC6900 SET Meaning: Used in the algorithm of the load reshuffling (LDR) reqMRAmou UINTRAFRE intra-frequency blind handover. This parameter specifies the nt QHO(Option number of the required measurement reports that fulfill the al) handover criterion before the blind handover decision is triggered. The RNC initiates blind handover only when the UE continuously reports adequate intra-frequency measurement reports that fulfill the quality criterion for blind handover. If the UE reports an
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-3
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
unqualified measurement report, the measurement process is stopped. In this case, the RNC does not initiate blind handover. GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D8 Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8 Unit: None Default Value: D2 BlindHOIntraf BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between intra-frequency measurement reports reqMRInterv UINTRAFRE for LDR blind handover. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, al QHO(Option the interval between intra-frequency measurement reports is al) shorter, that is, the intra-frequency measurement takes a shorter period; however, the measurement results are more affected by signal changes. This may cause incorrect handovers. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the interval between intra-frequency measurement reports is longer, and the measurement results are less affected by signal changes. This may increase the success rate of blind handovers. In this case, however, the intra-frequency measurement takes a longer period of time, and the handover may fail to be triggered timely. GUI Value Range: D250, D500 Actual Value Range: 250, 500 Unit: ms Default Value: D250 BlindHOQual BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Quality condition for triggering the blind handover. ityCondition UINTERFRE If this parameter is not set to 115, a conditional blind handover QNCELL(Op can be triggered in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with the tional) same coverage. If this parameter is set to 115, a direct blind MOD handover can be triggered in an inter-frequency neighboring cell UINTERFRE with the larger coverage. QNCELL(Op tional) GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 CellCapCont BSC6900 ADD ainerFdd UEXT3GCE LL(Mandator y) MOD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional) Meaning: 1) DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT (delay activation support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support delay activation. Delayed Activation IE indicates that the activation of the DL power shall be delayed until an indicated CFN or until a separate activation indication is received. 2) HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support HSDSCH and enable downlink traffic to be established in HSDSCH. 3) FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support F-DPCH and enable downlink signal to be established in F-DPCH, but the cell can not support F-DPCH if it does not support HSDSCH. 4) EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support E-DCH and enable uplink signal and traffic to be established in E-DCH.. 5) EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT(E-DCH 2ms TTI support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support E-DCH 2ms TTI.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-4
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
6) EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF2+2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2+2SF4. 7) EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2. 8) EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF4. 9) EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF4. 10) EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF8 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has E-DCH SF capability of SF8. 11)EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ IR Combining indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use IR combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one time in E-DCH. 12) EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ CHASE Combining indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell use CHASE combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are received more than one time in E-DCH. 13) CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT (CPC DTX-DRX support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports CPC DTX_DRX. 14) CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT (CPC HS-SCCH less operation support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports CPC HS-SCCH less operation. 15) HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT (MIMO support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports MIMO. 16) FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT (flexible MAC-d PDU Size support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports flexible MAC-d PDU Size. 17) FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT (F-DPCH slot format support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports F-DPCH slot format, which depends on FDPCH. If F-DPCH slot format is set to support in the cell, it should support FDPCH too. 18) HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports downlink 64QAM. GUI Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT, HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT, CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT, CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT, HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT, FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-5
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT, HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT Actual Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT, HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT, CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT, CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT, HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT, FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT, HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT Unit: None Default Value: None CellsForbidd BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Determines whether event 1A threshold is affected when en1A UINTRAFRE the cell is added to the active set. If this parameter is set to QNCELL(Op "NOT_AFFECT", the relative threshold of event 1A is not affected tional) when the cell is added to the active set. That is, the cell signals are MOD not involved when the UE evaluates whether event 1A should be UINTRAFRE triggered. If this parameter is set to "AFFECT", the relative QNCELL(Op threshold of event 1A is affected when the cell is added to the tional) active set. That is, the cell signals are involved when the UE evaluates whether event 1A should be triggered. GUI Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT Actual Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT Unit: None Default Value: AFFECT CellsForbidd BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Flag of whether adding a cell into the active set will affect en1B UINTRAFRE the relative threshold of the event 1B. QNCELL(Op This parameter is a flag of whether adding the cell into the active tional) set will affect the relative threshold of the event 1B NOT_AFFECT: Adding the cell into the active set does not affect the relative MOD UINTRAFRE threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal will affect the UE QNCELL(Op evaluate whether event 1B should occur. AFFECT: Adding the cell tional) into the active set affects the relative threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal will not affect the UE evaluate whether event 1B should occur. GUI Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT Actual Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT Unit: None Default Value: AFFECT ChannelRetr BSC6900 SET Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the handover yHoTimerLen UCOIFTIME protection timer. If services can be set up on channels based on a R(Optional) higher technique after channel handover is completed, the handover protection timer will be started. When the timer expires, the RNC will try to carry services on channels based on a higher technique. Channel retry cannot be performed before this timer expires.
13-6
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
GUI Value Range: 0~999 Actual Value Range: 0~999 Unit: s Default Value: 2 ChannelRetr BSC6900 SET Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the channel retry yTimerLen UCOIFTIME timer. The timer will start after traffic is set up or reconfigured, if R(Optional) higher technique is available. Channel retry will be performed after this timer expires. GUI Value Range: 0~180 Actual Value Range: 0~180 Unit: s Default Value: 5 CIO BSC6900 ADD Meaning: This parameter works with the offset of neighboring UCELLSETU cell-oriented Cell Individual Offset (CIO). It is used for intra- or P(Optional) inter-frequency handover decisions. For details, refer to 3GPP MOD TS 25.331. UCELLSETU P(Optional) GUI Value Range: -20~20 Actual Value Range: -10~10, step: 0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 BSC6900 ADD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) Meaning: It is set according to the topographic feature. This parameter is used for the inter-RAT handover decision in combination with the neighboring cell oriented CIO. The larger the sum, the higher the handover priority of the GSM cell. The smaller the sum, the lower the handover priority of the GSM cell. The parameter is generally set to 0. As for the impact on network performance: The larger the value of the parameter is, the easier it is to be handed over to the GSM network. The smaller the value of the parameter is, the harder it is to be handed over to the GSM network. GUI Value Range: -50~50 Actual Value Range: -50~50 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 CIO BSC6900 ADD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional) Meaning: The CIO value specified in this parameter cooperates with the neighboring cell oriented CIO. For details about the meaning of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 and the description of [CIOOffset]. GUI Value Range: -20~20 Actual Value Range: -10~10, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0
CIO
CIOOffset
BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Cell individual offset for the GSM cell. U2GNCELL( This parameter is used for decision making for the inter-RAT Optional) handover. A larger value of the parameter indicates the higher the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-7
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
MOD handover priority of the GSM cell. A smaller the value of the U2GNCELL( parameter indicates the lower the handover priority of the GSM Optional) cell. GUI Value Range: -50~50 Actual Value Range: -50~50 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 CIOOffset BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Cell individual offset for neighboring cells. This UINTERFRE parameter, together with "Cell oriented CIO", is added to the QNCELL(Op measurement quantity before the UE evaluates whether an event tional) occurs. In handover algorithms, this parameter is used for moving MOD the border of a cell. UINTERFRE QNCELL(Op GUI Value Range: -20~20 tional) Actual Value Range: -10~10, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Cell individual offset for neighboring cells. This UINTRAFRE parameter, together with "Cell oriented CIO", is added to the QNCELL(Op measurement quantity before the UE evaluates whether an event tional) occurs. In handover algorithms, this parameter is used for moving MOD the border of a cell. UINTRAFRE QNCELL(Op GUI Value Range: -20~20 tional) Actual Value Range: -10~10, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0
CIOOffset
CmcfSwitch BSC6900 SET Meaning: CMCF algorithm switch. UCORRMAL 1) CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the GOSWITCH( compressed mode supports DL higher-layer scheduling. Optional) 2) CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the compressed mode supports UL higher-layer scheduling. 3) CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the compressed mode of the UE in the compressed mode pre-configuration state can be different from that required by current traffic. 4) CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH: When the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement, the RNC checks the information of whether the compressed mode is required for measurement on the frequency band of the cells in measurement list. The information should be reported by the UE in RRC connect setup complete message. When the switch is on and no such information has been reported, the RNC starts the compressed mode and then delivers the measurement. GUI Value Range: CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH, CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH Actual Value Range: CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH, CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH,
13-8
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH Unit: None Default Value: None CoexistMeas BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Type of event 2D/2F measurement thresholds when ThdChoice UCELLHOC inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements coexist. OMM(Option When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is selected, al) event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards MOD inter-frequency configuration are selected. When UCELLHOC COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected, event OMM(Option 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-RAT al) configuration are selected. The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement thresholds for inter-frequency measurement, inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover decision thresholds, and current handover policy should be considered during setting. For example, if the event 2D threshold for inter-RAT measurement is higher than that for inter-frequency measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring cells are preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency neighboring cells coexist, then COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be selected. GUI Value Range: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters), COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing the inter-RAT oriented parameters) Actual Value Range: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT Unit: None Default Value: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ CoexistMeas BSC6900 SET Meaning: Type of event 2D/2F measurement thresholds when ThdChoice UHOCOMM( inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements coexist. Optional) When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-frequency configuration are selected. When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected, event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-RAT configuration are selected. The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement thresholds for inter-frequency measurement, inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover decision thresholds, and current handover policy should be considered during setting. For example, if the event 2D threshold for inter-RAT measurement is higher than that for inter-frequency measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring cells are preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency neighboring cells coexist, then COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be selected. GUI Value Range: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing the inter-frequency oriented parameters),
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing the inter-RAT oriented parameters) Actual Value Range: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT Unit: None Default Value: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ CSHOOut2G BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an inter-RAT loadThd UCELLINTE handover in CS domain. RRATHONC This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G CS load which is OV(Optional) relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when MOD "NcovHoOn2GldInd" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G UCELLINTE relocation process in CS domain will be aborted if the cell load sent RRATHONC by the 2G system to the 3G system exceeds this threshold. OV(Optional) GUI Value Range: 0~100 Actual Value Range: 0~100 Unit: per cent Default Value: 80 CSHOOut2G BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an inter-RAT loadThd UINTERRAT handover in CS domain. HONCOV(O This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G CS load which is ptional) relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when "NcovHoOn2GldInd" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G relocation process in CS domain will be aborted if the cell load sent by the 2G system to the 3G system exceeds this threshold. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Actual Value Range: 0~100 Unit: per cent Default Value: 80 CSServiceH BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for CS OSwitch UCELLHOC services. OMM(Option When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for CS al) services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the inter-RAT MOD handover for CS services is disabled. UCELLHOC Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and the OMM(Option related parameter configurations on the network side, related al) measurements and inter-RAT handover are triggered immediately once a service is set up. This switch is set to ON only when service handover is required. Generally, the switch is set to OFF. Note that the service handover is triggered only when the Service Handover Indicator is set to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the inter-RAT handover switch for the corresponding service is set to ON. Both conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services, the service handover is not triggered. GUI Value Range: OFF, ON Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Unit: None Default Value: OFF
13-10
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
CSVoiceover BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Indicates whether degrade HSPA to DCH procedure is HSPASuppIn UNRNC(Opti performed before the relocation procedure when the CS services d onal) are carried on the HSPA. If this parameter is set to OFF, the HSPA MOD needs to be degraded to the DCH before the relocation procedure. UNRNC(Opti If this parameter is onal) set to ON, the HSPA need not be degraded to the DCH before the relocation procedure. GUI Value Range: OFF, ON Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Unit: None Default Value: OFF DivCtrlField BSC6900 SET Meaning: There are two combination methods for uplink UHOCOMM( combination of soft handover: one is maximum ratio combination at Optional) the NodeB Rake receiver, which gives the highest combination gain; the other is selective combination at the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller combination gain. The default value of the indication switch is MAY, which means the NodeB decides whether to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own physical conditions; when MUST is selected, the NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio combination which is usually used in tests; when MUST_NOT is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out maximum ratio combination. Consider the working status (test/normal operation) and the propagation environment when deciding whether to implement softer combination and to adopt which kind of softer combination. GUI Value Range: MAY(NodeB chooses whether combine at NodeB), MUST(Must combine at NodeB), MUST_NOT(Must combine at RNC) Actual Value Range: MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT Unit: None Default Value: MAY DLQosMcTi BSC6900 MOD Meaning: Timer length for downlink Qos measurement. merLen UCELLQOS This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency HO(Optional) and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos. ADD After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if no UCELLQOS inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the HO(Optional) measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that the timer will not be started. For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set to 0. As for the impact on network performance: It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the serving cell. The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-11
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 20 DLQosMcTi BSC6900 SET Meaning: Timer length for downlink Qos measurement. merLen UQOSHO(O This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency ptional) and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos. After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that the timer will not be started. For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set to 0. As for the impact on network performance: It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the serving cell. The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 20 Meaning: Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP Qos. DlRscpQosH BSC6900 MOD yst UCELLQOS This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for the HO(Optional) inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos. ADD In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement UCELLQOS events occurred for the downlink Qos reason, the used frequency HO(Optional) threshold of the RSCP measurement quantity is equal to the used frequency threshold that is configured on the OMU server in coverage measurement plus this parameter. As for the impact on network performance: The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily event 2B, inter-frequency handover based on Qos, and event 3A, inter-RAT handover based on Qos, can be triggered, and thus the more timely the handover to the target cell can be performed. GUI Value Range: -15~15 Actual Value Range: -15~15 Unit: dB Default Value: 5 DlRscpQosH BSC6900 SET Meaning: Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP Qos. yst UQOSHO(O This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for the ptional) inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos. In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement events occurred for the downlink Qos reason, the used frequency threshold of the RSCP measurement quantity is equal to the used frequency threshold that is configured on the OMU server in
13-12
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
coverage measurement plus this parameter. As for the impact on network performance: The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily event 2B, inter-frequency handover based on Qos, and event 3A, inter-RAT handover based on Qos, can be triggered, and thus the more timely the handover to the target cell can be performed. GUI Value Range: -15~15 Actual Value Range: -15~15 Unit: dB Default Value: 5 DlSFLimitCM BSC6900 SET Meaning: Whether the CM is limited by the downlink spreading Ind UCMCF(Opti factor (SF). Starting the compressed mode is resource consuming onal) for the fast-moving UEs, so this parameter is set to control whether the downlink SF of the current DCH channel should be considered. When this parameter is set to FALSE, the enabling of CM does not consider the SF of the downlink DCH channel; when this parameter is set to TRUE, the enabling of CM considers the SF of the downlink DCH channel. GUI Value Range: FALSE(Not Limited), TRUE(Limited) Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False DlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 ADD nt UCELLCMC F(Optional) MOD UCELLCMC F(Optional) Meaning: Downlink compressed mode (CM) implementation mode selection threshold. When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred. The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users. GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256 Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 Unit: None Default Value: D64 DlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 SET Meaning: Downlink compressed mode (CM) implementation mode nt UCMCF(Opti selection threshold. onal) When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred. The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users.
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256 Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 Unit: None Default Value: D64 EHSPACMP BSC6900 SET Meaning: Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with ermissionInd UCMCF(Opti the HSPA+ service. onal) If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+ services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+ services can be enabled only after the uplink and downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled. This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA+ terminals that do not support CM when HSPA+ is enabled. GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit) Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False HCSPrio BSC6900 ADD UCELLHCS( Optional) MOD UCELLHCS( Optional) BSC6900 ADD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) Meaning: HCS priority of the cell belongs to. The parameter depends on HCS rules. For details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304. GUI Value Range: 0~7 Actual Value Range: 0~7 Unit: None Default Value: 0 Meaning: This parameter indicates the HCS priority level The smaller the coverage of the cell is, the higher the priority level of the cell should be set. GUI Value Range: 0~7 Actual Value Range: 0~7 Unit: None Default Value: 0 Meaning: This parameter indicates the HCS priority level The smaller the coverage of the cell is, the higher the priority level of the cell should be set. GUI Value Range: 0~7 Actual Value Range: 0~7 Unit: None Default Value: 0
HCSPrio
HCSPrio
BSC6900 ADD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional)
HoSwitch
BSC6900 SET Meaning: Handover switch. UCORRMAL 1) HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the switch is GOSWITCH( on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed in the HCS and Optional) initiates fast intra-layer or slow inter-layer handover. 2) HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is allowed during soft handover. 3) HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
13-14
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UE requires that the redirection strategy be used for frequency layer convergence. 4) HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the associated receiving and mobility algorithms of the overlay network are used. When the switch is not on, the associated algorithms are not used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network covering present network, it supports HSPA, MBMS and other new features. To satisfy new requirements of operator and restrictions of present network, overlay network realizes operation distribution and load sharing between new network and present network, also gives special handling for mobility management of network verge. 5) HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control or the load-based inter-frequency hard handover upon the handover decision on inter-frequency load. 6) HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G network. 7) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function is supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network in the cell change order process. When the switch is not on, the NACC function is not supported. When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, this switch is useless. When the NACC function is supported, the UE skips the reading procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of inter-cell handover is reduced. 8) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process. 9) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G network. 10) HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT handover of the services are based on the configuration of RNC parameters. When the switch is not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If no information is provided by the CN, the attributes are then based on the RNC parameters. 11) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected set from which the RNC receives their valid event reports can be added to the active set. The cells allowed to be added to the active set must be the neighboring cells of the cells in the active set. 12) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH: When the switch is on, statistics on the intra-frequency measurement reports of the detected set are taken. 13) HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intra-frequency hard handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-15
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
14) HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of intra-frequency measurement control if the UE version is R6. 15) HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the cells on the RNC can active the soft handover. When the RNC receives reports on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D, associated addition, removal, and replacement of handover cell of the soft handover are initiated. 16) HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can also be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement list. 17) HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal cell algorithm is used. 18) HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is allowed over the Iur interface if the UE has only signaling. 19) HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, quality measurement on the active set is delivered after signaling setup but before service setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or receives weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC. 20) HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected state based on the configurations on the CN. The UEs can only access and move in authorized cells. GUI Value Range: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH, HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH, HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH, HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH, HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH Actual Value Range: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH, HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH, HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
13-16
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH, HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH, HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH, HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH, HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH, HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH, HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH Unit: None Default Value: None HsdpaCMPer BSC6900 SET Meaning: Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with missionInd UCMCF(Opti the HSDPA service. If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC onal) can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled. This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled. GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit) Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: True HspaTimerLe BSC6900 SET Meaning: HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event n UHOCOMM( 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which may affect the Optional) system performance, a protection timer TimerHSPA is needed. This timer shall be started upon HSPA serving cell changed, i.e. the serving HSDSCH cell changed or the EDCH serving cell changed. And no more 1D-triggered serving cell change shall be performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if current serving cell is to be removed from the active set. The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be initiated immediately. GUI Value Range: 0~1024 Actual Value Range: 0~1024 Unit: s Default Value: 0 HsupaCMPer BSC6900 SET Meaning: Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with missionInd UCMCF(Opti the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit: 1. the RNC onal) can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA services can be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSUPA services
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-17
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to BasedonUECap, the RNC determines whether CM can be enabled for HSUPA services and whether HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is enabled by considering the UE capability. This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSUPA terminals that do not support CM when HSUPA is enabled. GUI Value Range: Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability) Actual Value Range: Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap Unit: None Default Value: BasedOnUECap Hystfor1B BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1B. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the SHO coverage for an incoming UE reduces; however, the SHO coverage area for an outgoing UE enlarges. If the UEs who enter the area are equal to those who leave the area, the ratio of SHO remains unchanged. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 Hystfor1B BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1B. The value of this UINTRAFRE parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is QHO(Option set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the al) number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the SHO coverage for an incoming UE reduces; however, the SHO coverage area for an outgoing UE enlarges. If the UEs who enter the area are equal to those who leave the area, the ratio of SHO remains unchanged. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 Hystfor1C BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1C. The value of this
13-18
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the SHO coverage for an incoming UE reduces; however, the SHO coverage area for an outgoing UE enlarges. If the UEs who enter the area are equal to those who leave the area, the ratio of SHO remains unchanged. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 8
Hystfor1C
BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1C. The value of this UINTRAFRE parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is QHO(Option set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the al) number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the SHO coverage for an incoming UE reduces; however, the SHO coverage area for an outgoing UE enlarges. If the UEs who enter the area are equal to those who leave the area, the ratio of SHO remains unchanged. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 8
Hystfor1D
BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1D. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. Impact on network performance: GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 8
Hystfor1D
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1D. The value of this
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-19
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
UINTRAFRE parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is QHO(Option set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the al) number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. Impact on network performance: GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 8 Hystfor1J BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1J. The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 8 Hystfor1J BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1J. The value of this UINTRAFRE parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is QHO(Option set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the al) number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and interval time must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 8 HystFor2B BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2B. UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If RFREQHOC this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting OV(Optional) signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong MOD handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes UCELLINTE slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2B may not RFREQHOC be triggered in time. OV(Optional) GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2B. UINTERFRE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If QHOCOV(O this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting ptional) signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
HystFor2B
13-20
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2B may not be triggered in time. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 Hystfor2C BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 2C. UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If RFREQHON this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting COV(Option signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong al) handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes MOD slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not UCELLINTE be triggered in time. RFREQHON COV(Option GUI Value Range: 0~29 al) Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 2C. UCELLMBD The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If RINTERFRE this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting Q(Optional) signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong MOD handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes UCELLMBD slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not RINTERFRE be triggered in time. Q(Optional) GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 2C. UINTERFRE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If QHONCOV( this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting Optional) signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not be triggered in time. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 HystFor2D BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2D. UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If RFREQHOC this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong OV(Optional) reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of MOD incorrect decisions on event 2D decreases; however, event 2D UCELLINTE may not be triggered in time. RFREQHOC When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to OV(Optional) PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality
Hystfor2C
Hystfor2C
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-21
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than their recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover. To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2D BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2D. UCELLINTE This parameter is used to avoid the ping-pong reporting of event RRATHOCO 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below V(Optional) a certain threshold). The value of this parameter is associated with MOD slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the UCELLINTE probability of ping-pong reporting or wrong decision is lower, but RRATHOCO the event may not be triggered in time. If this parameter is set to a V(Optional) smaller value, ping-pong reporting of event 2D is likely to occur. The setting of this parameter should consider the radio conditions (slow fading), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and triggering delay must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2D BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2D. UINTERFRE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If QHOCOV(O this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong ptional) reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event 2D decreases; however, event 2D may not be triggered in time. When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than their
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-22
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover. To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2D BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2D. UINTERRAT This parameter is used to avoid the ping-pong reporting of event HOCOV(Opti 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below onal) a certain threshold). The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not be triggered in time. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, ping-pong reporting of event 2D is likely to occur. The setting of this parameter should consider the radio conditions (slow fading), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and triggering delay must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2F BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2F. UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If RFREQHOC this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong OV(Optional) reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of MOD incorrect decisions on event 2F decrease; however, event 2F may UCELLINTE not be triggered in time. RFREQHOC When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to OV(Optional) PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than their recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover. To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be considered in setting this parameter.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-23
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2F BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2F. UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this RRATHOCO parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong V(Optional) reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not be MOD triggered in time. UCELLINTE The inter-RAT measurement hysteresis in periodical reporting RRATHOCO mode is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (the V(Optional) estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain threshold) and event 2F (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above a certain threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compressed mode and event 2F is used to disable the compressed mode. "Hystfor2D" can be increased slightly based on the recommended value, considering inter-frequency handover statistics. Hystfor2D can also be increased slightly to prevent the compressed mode from being frequently enabled and disabled and to avoid unnecessary active set updates. The setting of this parameter should consider the radio conditions (slow fading), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and triggering delay must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2F BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2F. UINTERFRE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If QHOCOV(O this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong ptional) reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of incorrect decisions on event 2F decrease; however, event 2F may not be triggered in time. When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled, you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than their recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong inter-frequency handover. To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger delay must be considered in setting this parameter.
13-24
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystFor2F BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2F. UINTERRAT The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this HOCOV(Opti parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong onal) reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not be triggered in time. The inter-RAT measurement hysteresis in periodical reporting mode is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain threshold) and event 2F (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above a certain threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compressed mode and event 2F is used to disable the compressed mode. "Hystfor2D" can be increased slightly based on the recommended value, considering inter-frequency handover statistics. Hystfor2D can also be increased slightly to prevent the compressed mode from being frequently enabled and disabled and to avoid unnecessary active set updates. The setting of this parameter should consider the radio conditions (slow fading), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and triggering delay must be considered in setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 4 HystforInterR BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting. AT UCELLINTE This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused by RRATHOCO unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions. V(Optional) HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover decision threshold MOD determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers. UCELLINTE If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting RRATHOCO signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong V(Optional) handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the cell of another RAT where the UE needs to be handed over to must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be fulfilled, and the call drop rate will increase. The emulation result shows that in a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell that covers highways), this parameter can be set to a smaller value 1.5 dB, because in the cell the terrain is flat, barriers are fewer, and thus the shadow fading variation is small. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is low, this parameter can be set to a larger value 3.0 dB, because there are usually many tall buildings and thus the shadow fading variation is comparatively high. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Unit: dB Default Value: 0 Meaning: Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting. HystforInterR BSC6900 SET AT UINTERRAT This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused by HOCOV(Opti unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions. onal) HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover decision threshold determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the cell of another RAT where the UE needs to be handed over to must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be fulfilled, and the call drop rate will increase. The emulation result shows that in a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell that covers highways), this parameter can be set to a smaller value 1.5 dB, because in the cell the terrain is flat, barriers are fewer, and thus the shadow fading variation is small. In a cell where the average moving speed of UEs is low, this parameter can be set to a larger value 3.0 dB, because there are usually many tall buildings and thus the shadow fading variation is comparatively high. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 0 HystForPrdIn BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis in the inter-frequency hard handover terFreq UCELLINTE triggered by the periodic measurement report. RFREQHOC This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover OV(Optional) on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the MOD ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of UCELLINTE ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm RFREQHOC becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the OV(Optional) handover may not be triggered in time. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 0 HystForPrdIn BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis in the inter-frequency hard handover terFreq UCELLMBD triggered by the periodic measurement report. RINTERFRE This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover Q(Optional) on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the MOD ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of UCELLMBD ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm RINTERFRE becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the Q(Optional) handover may not be triggered in time. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm
13-26
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 0 HystForPrdIn BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis in the inter-frequency hard handover terFreq UINTERFRE triggered by the periodic measurement report. QHOCOV(O This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover ptional) on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the handover may not be triggered in time. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB/ dBm Default Value: 0 IFAntiPingpa BSC6900 SET Meaning: After the coverage based handover succeeds, to avoid ngTimerLeng UHOCOMM( the handover of the UE to another frequency due to the following th Optional) factors: overload, speed estimation, MBMS channel reselection, and QoS, frequent handovers occur. The RNC will start the inter-frequency non-coverage based anti-ping-pong timer and prohibit the handover or measurement caused by the previous factors before the timeout of the timer. The larger this parameter, the better effect the anti-frequent handover. This, however, will affect the management policy of the cell or the quality of service felt by the users; the smaller this parameter, the more frequent the inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: 0~120 Actual Value Range: 0~120 Unit: s Default Value: 30 InterFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency Thd2DEcN0 UCELLINTE measurement for CS services. RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-27
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency Thd2DEcN0 UINTERFRE measurement for CS services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency Thd2DRSCP UCELLINTE measurement for CS services. RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -95 InterFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency Thd2DRSCP UINTERFRE measurement for CS services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-29
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -95 InterFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency Thd2FEcN0 UCELLINTE measurement for CS services. RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency Thd2FEcN0 UINTERFRE measurement for CS services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise,
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency Thd2FRSCP UCELLINTE measurement for CS services. RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -85 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 InterFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency Thd2FRSCP UINTERFRE measurement for CS services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -85 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency d2DEcN0 UCELLINTE measurement for HSPA services. RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency d2DEcN0 UINTERFRE measurement for HSPA services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency d2DRSCP UCELLINTE measurement for HSPA services. RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode,
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-33
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -95 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency d2DRSCP UINTERFRE measurement for HSPA services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -95 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency d2FEcN0 UCELLINTE measurement for HSPA services. RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency d2FEcN0 UINTERFRE measurement for HSPA services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency d2FRSCP UCELLINTE measurement for HSPA services. RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius.
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -85 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 InterFreqHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency d2FRSCP UINTERFRE measurement for HSPA services. QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -85 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 InterFreqMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Length of the timer for the inter-frequency measurement. sTime UCELLINTE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer RFREQHOC expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the OV(Optional) compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0 MOD indicates that this timer is not started.
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the RFREQHOC inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to OV(Optional) unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover requirements. Setting this parameter to a smaller value reduces the impact of long duration of compression mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compression mode may be disabled before the inter-frequency handover of the UE. For the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterFreqMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Length of the timer for the inter-frequency measurement. sTime UCELLINTE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer RFREQHON expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the COV(Option compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0 al) indicates that this timer is not started. MOD This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to RFREQHON unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover COV(Option requirements. al) Setting this parameter to a smaller value reduces the impact of long duration of compression mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compression mode may be disabled before the inter-frequency handover of the UE. For the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterFreqMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Timer length for inter-frequency measurement. sTime UCELLMBD After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency RINTERFRE handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency Q(Optional) measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is MOD deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates that the timer is not to be UCELLMBD enabled. RINTERFRE This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency Q(Optional) measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable measurement of the target cells that meet the handover requirements. Setting the value of this parameter smaller can reduce the long-time impact of the compressed mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compressed mode might be stopped earlier and as a result the UE cannot trigger inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 3
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-37
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
InterFreqMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: This parameter defines the timer length for sTime UCELLMCL inter-frequency measurement. DR(Optional) After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency MOD UCELLMCL measurement and the compressed mode (if started) are stopped. DR(Optional) This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable measurement of the target cells that meet the handover requirements. Setting the value of this parameter smaller can reduce the long-time impact of the compressed mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compressed mode might be stopped earlier and as a result the UE cannot trigger inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: 1~255 Actual Value Range: 1~255 Unit: s Default Value: 6 InterFreqMea BSC6900 SET Meaning: Length of the timer for the inter-frequency measurement. sTime UINTERFRE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer QHOCOV(O expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the ptional) compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0 indicates that this timer is not started. This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover requirements. Setting this parameter to a smaller value reduces the impact of long duration of compression mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compression mode may be disabled before the inter-frequency handover of the UE. For the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterFreqMea BSC6900 SET Meaning: Length of the timer for the inter-frequency measurement. sTime UINTERFRE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer QHONCOV( expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the Optional) compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0 indicates that this timer is not started. This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover requirements. Setting this parameter to a smaller value reduces the impact of long duration of compression mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compression mode may be disabled before the inter-frequency handover of the UE. For the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, call drops may occur.
13-38
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterFreqMea BSC6900 SET Meaning: This parameter defines the timer length for sTime UMCLDR(O inter-frequency measurement. ptional) After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency measurement and the compressed mode (if started) are stopped. This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable measurement of the target cells that meet the handover requirements. Setting the value of this parameter smaller can reduce the long-time impact of the compressed mode on the serving cell. In this case, however, the compressed mode might be stopped earlier and as a result the UE cannot trigger inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: 1~255 Actual Value Range: 1~255 Unit: s Default Value: 6 InterFreqNC BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of signal quality of the target frequency for ovHOThdEc UINTERFRE triggering inter-frequency measurement. N0 QHONCOV( This parameter is used to set measurement control on the event Optional) 2C. The event 2C is triggered when the signal quality of the target frequency is above this threshold. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -16 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency PsThd2DEc UCELLINTE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. N0 RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-39
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency PsThd2DEc UINTERFRE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. N0 QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency PsThd2DRS UCELLINTE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. CP RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -95 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency PsThd2DRS UINTERFRE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. CP QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the inter-frequency measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm. For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -95 dBm.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-41
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -95 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency PsThd2FEcN UCELLINTE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. 0 RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency PsThd2FEcN UINTERFRE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. 0 QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency PsThd2FRS UCELLINTE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. CP RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key MOD parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -85 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 InterFreqR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency PsThd2FRS UINTERFRE measurement for PS non-HSPA services. CP QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement ptional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -85 dBm to enable the compression mode earlier. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 InterFreqRA BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Cell-level switch for controlling inter-frequency and TSwitch UCELLHOC inter-RAN handover OMM(Option In actual networks where inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells al) coexist, the parameter should be configured according to actual MOD handover policies. UCELLHOC When INTERFREQ is selected, only inter-frequency neighboring OMM(Option cells are measured and inter-frequency handover is performed. If al) INTERRAT is selected, only GSM neighboring cells are measured and inter-RAT handover is performed. When SIMINTERFREQRAT is selected, both inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells are measured, and the handover is performed according to the type of the cell that first meets the handover decision criteria. The parameter decides the handover for each cell when the inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells coexist. GUI Value Range: INTERFREQ(inter-frequency handover only), INTERRAT(inter-RAT handover only), SIMINTERFREQRAT(inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover) Actual Value Range: INTERFREQ, INTERRAT, SIMINTERFREQRAT Unit: None Default Value: SIMINTERFREQRAT InterFreqRep BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement report mode ortMode UCELLINTE If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, RFREQHOC measurement reports are periodically reported. If this parameter is OV(Optional) set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement reports are reported by MOD triggering the event. UCELLINTE There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC, RFREQHOC namely, event-triggered report and periodical report. The report OV(Optional) mode is selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented. Event-triggered report mode In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong handover (The quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and the quality of the unused frequency is higher than another absolute
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
threshold "target frequency trigger threshold"). Event 2B cannot change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode. When event-triggered measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and RSCP are both used as the measurement quantity for inter-frequency measurement. The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly. Periodical report mode In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the compressed mode, and to periodically report the inter-frequency cell measurement result in compressed mode. When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus hysteresis, the triggering delay timer is started. If the conditions are always met before the timer expires, the inter-frequency handover is started after the timer expires. If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed, according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement report. The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be flexibly developed. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the UE need not be informed through signaling but the cell need be updated only when the handover decision is performed in the RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing. As for the impact on network performance, the two measurement report modes have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report mode is preferred. GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger) Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER Unit: None Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING InterFreqRep BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Inter-frequency measurement report mode. ortMode UCELLMBD PERIODICAL_REPORTING: periodical inter-frequency RINTERFRE measurement report Q(Optional) EVENT_TRIGGER: event-triggered inter-frequency measurement MOD report UCELLMBD There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC, RINTERFRE namely, event-triggered measurement report and periodical Q(Optional) measurement report. The report mode is selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented. - Event-triggered measurement report Use event 2B to decide whether to trigger inter-frequency
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-45
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
handover. This prevents the ping-pong effect from occurring before and after inter-frequency handover (The quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and the quality of the unused frequency is higher than another absolute threshold "target frequency trigger threshold". ) The reason is that event 2B cannot change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode and cannot reattempt if the non-handover attempt fails, unless this cell can trigger event 2B again. The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. If the handover fails, the periodical report is triggered only by the internal timer. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly. - Periodical report mode Use event 2D/2F to start and stop the compressed mode, and to report the inter-frequency cell measurement result during the compressed mode period. When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus hysteresis, start the trigger delay timer. If the conditions are always met before the timer expires, start the inter-frequency handover after the timer expires. If the handover fails, perform the handover decision according to the inter-frequency measurement period report. The advantage of the periodical report mode is that it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the UE need not be informed through signaling but the cell need be updated only when the handover decision is performed in the RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical report mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing. As for the impact on network performance, the two report modes have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report mode is used. GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger) Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER Unit: None Default Value: EVENT_TRIGGER InterFreqRep BSC6900 SET Meaning: Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement report mode ortMode UINTERFRE If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING, QHOCOV(O measurement reports are periodically reported. If this parameter is ptional) set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement reports are reported by triggering the event. There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC,
13-46
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
namely, event-triggered report and periodical report. The report mode is selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented. Event-triggered report mode In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong handover (The quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and the quality of the unused frequency is higher than another absolute threshold "target frequency trigger threshold"). Event 2B cannot change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode. When event-triggered measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and RSCP are both used as the measurement quantity for inter-frequency measurement. The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly. Periodical report mode In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the compressed mode, and to periodically report the inter-frequency cell measurement result in compressed mode. When the cell quality reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus hysteresis, the triggering delay timer is started. If the conditions are always met before the timer expires, the inter-frequency handover is started after the timer expires. If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed, according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement report. The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be flexibly developed. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the UE need not be informed through signaling but the cell need be updated only when the handover decision is performed in the RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing. As for the impact on network performance, the two measurement report modes have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report mode is preferred. GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger) Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER Unit: None Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING InterRATCST BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2DEcN0 UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-47
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
RRATHOCO The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the V(Optional) threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in MOD the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter UCELLINTE affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and RRATHOCO the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this V(Optional) parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterRATCST BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2DEcN0 UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.
13-48
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
HOCOV(Opti The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the onal) threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -14 InterRATCST BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2DRSCP UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is RSCP.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-49
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, V(Optional) the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower MOD than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable UCELLINTE the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement. RRATHOCO To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of V(Optional) triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -100 InterRATCST BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2DRSCP UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is RSCP. HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, onal) the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -100 InterRATCST BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2FEcN0 UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is Ec/No. RRATHOCO The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the V(Optional) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in MOD the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter UCELLINTE affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and RRATHOCO the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
V(Optional) and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterRATCST BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2FEcN0 UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is Ec/No. HOCOV(Opti The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the onal) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-51
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 InterRATCST BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2FRSCP UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is RSCP. RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, V(Optional) the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger MOD than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable UCELLINTE the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement. RRATHOCO V(Optional) GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -97 InterRATCST BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS hd2FRSCP UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is RSCP. HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services, onal) the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -97 InterRATHO BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Maximum number of inter-RAT handover attempts after Attempts UCELLINTE the non-coverage-based handover failures. For each handover RRATHONC attempt, a new target cell where the UE has not been handed over OV(Optional) to and fulfills the criterion can be selected. MOD UCELLINTE GUI Value Range: 1~16 RRATHONC Actual Value Range: 1~16 OV(Optional) Unit: None Default Value: 16 Meaning: Maximum number of inter-RAT handover attempts after InterRATHO BSC6900 SET Attempts UINTERRAT the non-coverage-based handover failures. For each handover HONCOV(O attempt, a new target cell where the UE has not been handed over ptional) to and fulfills the criterion can be selected. GUI Value Range: 1~16 Actual Value Range: 1~16 Unit: None Default Value: 16 InterRATHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for
13-52
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
d2DEcN0
UCELLINTE HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No. RRATHOCO The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the V(Optional) threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in MOD the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter UCELLINTE affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and RRATHOCO the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this V(Optional) parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -15
InterRATHTh BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-53
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
d2DEcN0
UINTERRAT HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No. HOCOV(Opti The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the onal) threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -15
InterRATHTh BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for
13-54
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
d2DRSCP
UCELLINTE HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP. RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA V(Optional) services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP MOD value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the UCELLINTE signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT RRATHOCO measurement. V(Optional) To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -110
InterRATHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for d2DRSCP UINTERRAT HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP. HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA onal) services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -110 InterRATHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA d2FEcN0 UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is Ec/No. RRATHOCO The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the V(Optional) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in MOD the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
UCELLINTE affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and RRATHOCO the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this V(Optional) parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 InterRATHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA d2FEcN0 UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is Ec/No. HOCOV(Opti The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the onal) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the
13-56
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 InterRATHTh BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA d2FRSCP UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is RSCP. RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA V(Optional) services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value MOD is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to UCELLINTE disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT RRATHOCO measurement. V(Optional) GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 InterRATHTh BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA d2FRSCP UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is RSCP. HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA onal) services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 InterRATMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement. sTime UCELLINTE After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is RRATHOCO performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is V(Optional) stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be MOD deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT UCELLINTE measurement timer is not started. RRATHOCO The following factors should be considered during setting: V(Optional) This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in compressed mode for a long time when the handover criteria are not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. If the compressed mode is maintained for a long time, the service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity of the system decreases. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s. Impact on network performance: If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot finish
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a larger value, the compressed mode will not be disabled, thus affecting UE measurement. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper value of "InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterRATMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement. sTime UCELLINTE After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is RRATHONC performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is OV(Optional) stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be MOD deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT UCELLINTE measurement timer is not started. RRATHONC The following factors should be considered during setting: OV(Optional) This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in compressed mode for a long time when the handover criteria are not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. If the compressed mode is maintained for a long time, the service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity of the system decreases. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s. Impact on network performance: If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a larger value, the compressed mode will not be disabled, thus affecting UE measurement. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper value of "InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterRATMea BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Timer length for inter-RAT measurement. sTime UCELLMBD After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is RINTERRAT performed when this timer times out, the inter-RAT measurement (Optional) is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is deactivated, if MOD any; If the value is 0, you can infer that the inter-RAT measurement UCELLMBD timer is not started. RINTERRAT To set this parameter, you need to consider the following factors: (Optional) This parameter aims to prevent that the handover conditions are not met and the compressed mode is kept for a long time when the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. The service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity decreases if the compressed mode is kept for a long time. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60 s. As for the impact on network performance, If the InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handovers. If InterRATMeasTime is excessively high, it cannot help improve the service quality. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
inter-RAT handover so as to get a proper value of InterRATMeasTime that satisfies most UEs. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 3 InterRATMea BSC6900 SET Meaning: Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement. sTime UINTERRAT After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is HOCOV(Opti performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is onal) stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT measurement timer is not started. The following factors should be considered during setting: This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in compressed mode for a long time when the handover criteria are not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. If the compressed mode is maintained for a long time, the service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity of the system decreases. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s. Impact on network performance: If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a larger value, the compressed mode will not be disabled, thus affecting UE measurement. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper value of "InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterRATMea BSC6900 SET Meaning: Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement. sTime UINTERRAT After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is HONCOV(O performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is ptional) stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT measurement timer is not started. The following factors should be considered during setting: This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in compressed mode for a long time when the handover criteria are not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. If the compressed mode is maintained for a long time, the service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity of the system decreases. Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s. Impact on network performance: If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot finish inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a larger value, the compressed mode will not be disabled, thus affecting UE measurement. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper value of "InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs.
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 60 InterRATNCo BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during vHOPSThd UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for CS domain services. RRATHONC This parameter is used for measurement control on event 3C. OV(Optional) When the target frequency quality is higher than this threshold, MOD event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a value smaller than UCELLINTE -110 dBm. RRATHONC If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to OV(Optional) "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfills the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 21 InterRATNCo BSC6900 SET Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during vHOPSThd UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for CS domain services. HONCOV(O This parameter is used for measurement control on event 3C. ptional) When the target frequency quality is higher than this threshold, event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfills the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 21 InterRATPeri BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval that the UE reports inter-RAT measurement odReportInte UCELLINTE results to the RNC. rval RRATHOCO This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT V(Optional) measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is MOD not recommended that this parameter is set to UCELLINTE NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be RRATHOCO unknown. V(Optional) The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the inter-RAT periodical reporting interval should be longer than 480 ms. If the periodical reporting interval is excessively high, the handover decision time will be long, and handovers will be slow. The adjustment should be made according to the configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence. According to the current configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480 ms. Therefore, the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to 3GPP
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-61
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
specifications, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells should not exceed 32. Therefore, the parameter value can be set to 2000 ms if the number of neighboring GSM cells exceeds 16. The setting of this parameter has impact on the Uu signaling traffic. If the period is too short and the reporting frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load in processing signaling. If the period is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time, which may delay the inter-RAT handover and thus cause call drops. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1000 InterRATPeri BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval that the UE reports inter-RAT measurement odReportInte UCELLMBD results to the RNC. rval RINTERRAT This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT (Optional) measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is MOD not recommended that this parameter is set to UCELLMBD NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be RINTERRAT unknown. (Optional) The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the inter-RAT periodical reporting interval should be longer than 480 ms. If the periodical reporting interval is excessively high, the handover decision time will be long, and handovers will be slow. The adjustment should be made according to the configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence. According to the current configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480 ms. Therefore, the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to 3GPP specifications, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells should not exceed 32. Therefore, the parameter value can be set to 2000 ms if the number of neighboring GSM cells exceeds 16. The setting of this parameter has impact on the Uu signaling traffic. If the period is too short and the reporting frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load in processing signaling. If the period is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time, which may delay the inter-RAT handover and thus cause call drops. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms
13-62
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: D1000 InterRATPeri BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval that the UE reports inter-RAT measurement odReportInte UINTERRAT results to the RNC. rval HOCOV(Opti This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT onal) measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is not recommended that this parameter is set to NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be unknown. The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the inter-RAT periodical reporting interval should be longer than 480 ms. If the periodical reporting interval is excessively high, the handover decision time will be long, and handovers will be slow. The adjustment should be made according to the configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence. According to the current configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be finished in 480 ms. Therefore, the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to 3GPP specifications, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells should not exceed 32. Therefore, the parameter value can be set to 2000 ms if the number of neighboring GSM cells exceeds 16. The setting of this parameter has impact on the Uu signaling traffic. If the period is too short and the reporting frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load in processing signaling. If the period is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time, which may delay the inter-RAT handover and thus cause call drops. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1000 InterRATPing BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and PongHyst UCELLINTE 3G networks. RRATHOCO When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to V(Optional) a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event MOD 3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network UCELLINTE and the 3G network in the period specified by RRATHOCO "InterRATPingPongTimer". During the penalty time, the previous V(Optional) periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dBm Default Value: 0 InterRATPing BSC6900 SET Meaning: Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-63
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
PongHyst
UINTERRAT 3G networks. HOCOV(Opti When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to onal) a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event 3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network and the 3G network in the period specified by "InterRATPingPongTimer". During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks. GUI Value Range: 0~15 Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5 Unit: dBm Default Value: 0
InterRATPing BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong handovers PongTimer UCELLINTE between 2G and 3G networks. RRATHOCO When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to V(Optional) a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event MOD 3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network UCELLINTE and the 3G network in the period specified by this parameter. RRATHOCO During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be V(Optional) changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks. GUI Value Range: 0~65535 Actual Value Range: 0~65535 Unit: s Default Value: 0 InterRATPing BSC6900 SET Meaning: Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong handovers PongTimer UINTERRAT between 2G and 3G networks. HOCOV(Opti When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to onal) a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event 3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network and the 3G network in the period specified by this parameter. During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks. GUI Value Range: 0~65535 Actual Value Range: 0~65535 Unit: s Default Value: 0 InterRATR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2DEc UCELLINTE domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is N0 RRATHOCO Ec/No. V(Optional) The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the MOD threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in UCELLINTE the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter RRATHOCO affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and V(Optional) the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -15 InterRATR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2DEc UINTERRAT domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is N0 HOCOV(Opti Ec/No. onal) The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-65
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement. For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS, PS, and signaling. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -15 InterRATR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2DRS UCELLINTE domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is CP RRATHOCO RSCP. V(Optional) When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain MOD non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured
13-66
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the RRATHOCO signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT V(Optional) measurement. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -110 InterRATR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2DRS UINTERRAT domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is CP HOCOV(Opti RSCP. onal) When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network. Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT measurement easily, thus reducing call drops. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -110 InterRATR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2FEcN UCELLINTE domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is 0 RRATHOCO Ec/No. V(Optional) The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the MOD threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in UCELLINTE the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter RRATHOCO affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
V(Optional) the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 InterRATR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2FEcN UINTERRAT domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is 0 HOCOV(Opti Ec/No. onal) The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE and cell radius. When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-frequency measurement. If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher, that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP are set higher. If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified according to the link budgeting result. Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the
13-68
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event 2D and event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 InterRATR99 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2FRS UCELLINTE domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is CP RRATHOCO RSCP. V(Optional) When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain MOD non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured UCELLINTE RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the RRATHOCO signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT V(Optional) measurement. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 InterRATR99 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS PsThd2FRS UINTERRAT domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is CP HOCOV(Opti RSCP. onal) When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 InterRatRepo BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode. rtMode UCELLINTE When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the periodical RRATHOCO reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. When V(Optional) EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered reporting is MOD used for inter-RAT measurement. UCELLINTE The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting modes, RRATHOCO event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting. V(Optional) Event-triggered reporting To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the inter-RAT handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold and the signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another absolute threshold) as the triggering event that determines the inter-RAT handover. To improve the handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
needs to be triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from event-triggered reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no handover re-attempt is made when the handover fails unless event 3A is triggered in this cell again. The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The drawback of event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly. Periodical reporting When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger timer is started. If the quality of the GSM cell always meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover before timeout, the inter-RAT handover is triggered after the delay trigger timer expires. For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a shorter delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high priority attribute of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose BSIC is not verified, a longer delay trigger time should be set to indicate the low priority attribute of the GSM cell. In this manner, the BSIC can be decoded faster. If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made again according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement report. The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used for repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when the handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the RNC updates the parameters when making internal handover decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter change through signaling messages after the handovers. The drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing. The two reporting modes have both advantage and drawback. Currently, the traditional periodical reporting mode is preferred. GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger) Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER Unit: None Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING InterRatRepo BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement report mode. rtMode UCELLMBD When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, you can infer that RINTERRAT periodical inter-RAT measurement report is adopted; when (Optional) EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, you can infer that event-triggered MOD inter-RAT measurement report is adopted. UCELLMBD The RNC includes two modes of the inter-RAT measurement RINTERRAT report. The event triggered report and the periodical report are
13-70
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
(Optional)
selected according to the inter-RAT measurement report mode switch. -Event-triggered measurement report To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the inter-RAT handover, event 3A where the currently used frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold and the signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another absolute threshold is the triggering event that determines the inter-RAT handover. To improve the handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell where the event 3A is triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The reason is that event 3A cannot change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode and cannot reattempt if the handover attempt fails, unless this cell can trigger event 3A again. The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that signaling transmission is reduced and the load is shared. By comparing the signal quality between the current frequency and inter-RAT frequency, the ping-pong effect in the handover is prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. If the handover fails, the periodical report is triggered only by the internal timer. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly. -Periodical report mode When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE is higher than the inter-RAT event 2D absolute threshold + hysteresis, it starts the delay trigger timer. If the quality of the GSM cell satisfies the requirement throughout the duration of the timer, the system starts the inter-RAT handover after the time-out. The GSM cells of which the BSIC can be decoded use comparatively shorter delay trigger time to achieve a higher priority. The GSM cells of which the BSIC is not verified use comparatively longer delay trigger time to achieve a lower priority and decode the BSIC. If the handover fails, reattempt according to the inter-RAT measurement period report. The advantage of the periodical report mode is that it can repeatedly perform the handover retry on the same cell when the handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the RNC updates the parameters when performing internal handover decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter change through signaling messages after the handovers. The disadvantage of the periodical mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air interface and for signaling processing. Both modes (the periodical mode and the event report mode) have advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical report mode is most commonly used. GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger) Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-71
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
EVENT_TRIGGER Unit: None Default Value: EVENT_TRIGGER InterRatRepo BSC6900 SET Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode. rtMode UINTERRAT When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the periodical HOCOV(Opti reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. When onal) EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting modes, event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting. Event-triggered reporting To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the inter-RAT handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold and the signal level of the GSM cell is higher than another absolute threshold) as the triggering event that determines the inter-RAT handover. To improve the handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A needs to be triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from event-triggered reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no handover re-attempt is made when the handover fails unless event 3A is triggered in this cell again. The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the signaling transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The drawback of event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated accordingly. Periodical reporting When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger timer is started. If the quality of the GSM cell always meets the criteria for inter-RAT handover before timeout, the inter-RAT handover is triggered after the delay trigger timer expires. For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a shorter delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high priority attribute of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose BSIC is not verified, a longer delay trigger time should be set to indicate the low priority attribute of the GSM cell. In this manner, the BSIC can be decoded faster. If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made again according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement report. The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used for repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when the handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be flexibly developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the RNC updates the parameters when making internal handover decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of the parameter change through signaling messages after the handovers. The drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air
13-72
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
interface and for signaling processing. The two reporting modes have both advantage and drawback. Currently, the traditional periodical reporting mode is preferred. GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger) Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING, EVENT_TRIGGER Unit: None Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING IntraAblThdF BSC6900 ADD or1FecNo UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this parameter affects event 1F triggering. Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops. The urgent blind handover is triggered in a special occasion that requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located. Generally, this function need not be enabled, so the parameter is set to the lowest value by default, indicating that the blind handover is not triggered. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the handover strategy and network coverage. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -24 IntraAblThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO or1FecNo UINTRAFRE algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees QHO(Option the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this al) parameter affects event 1F triggering. Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops. The urgent blind handover is triggered in a special occasion that requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located. Generally, this function need not be enabled, so the parameter is set to the lowest value by default, indicating that the blind handover is not triggered. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the handover strategy and network coverage. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -24 IntraAblThdF BSC6900 ADD or1FRSCP UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this parameter affects event 1F triggering. Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops. The urgent blind handover is triggered in a special occasion that requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located. Generally, this function need not be enabled, so the parameter is set to the lowest value by default, indicating that the blind handover is not triggered. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the handover strategy and network coverage. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -115 IntraAblThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO or1FRSCP UINTRAFRE algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees QHO(Option the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this al) parameter affects event 1F triggering. Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops. The urgent blind handover is triggered in a special occasion that requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located. Generally, this function need not be enabled, so the parameter is set to the lowest value by default, indicating that the blind handover is not triggered. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces. For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the handover strategy and network coverage. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -115 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD or1ACSNVP UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when non-VP service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when non-VP or1ACSNVP UINTRAFRE service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a QHO(Option greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If al) this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD or1ACSVP UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when VP service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and
13-76
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when VP or1ACSVP UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, QHO(Option the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter al) is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-77
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Unit: dB Default Value: 6 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD or1APS UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when PS service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when PS or1APS UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the QHO(Option probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set al) to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 6 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD or1BCSNVP UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when non-VP service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-79
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 12 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when non-VP or1BCSNVP UINTRAFRE service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a QHO(Option smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If al) this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 12 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD or1BCSVP UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when VP service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-80
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Optional)
In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 12
IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when VP or1BCSVP UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the QHO(Option probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set al) to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-81
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 12 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD or1BPS UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when PS service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 12 IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when PS UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
or1BPS
QHO(Option probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set al) to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover. You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio. In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and 1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis. In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event 1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event 1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case, more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and smooth handover may be affected. GUI Value Range: 0~29 Actual Value Range: 0~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB Default Value: 12
LimitCMDlSF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Downlink SF threshold for enabling compressed mode Thd UCMCF(Man (CM). datory) When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and the current downlink SF is smaller than or equal to the value of this parameter, the active set quality measurement is not allowed, that is, the CM cannot be enabled. When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and the current downlink SF is greater than the value of this parameter, the active set quality measurement is allowed, that is, the CM can be enabled. GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256 Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 Unit: None Default Value: D8 MaxCellInAct BSC6900 ADD iveSet UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set. This parameter is used to achieve the balance between the signal quality in the SHO area and the system performance. If more cells are in the active set, a user can obtain a greater macro diversity
13-83
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
gain; the intra-frequency interference is smaller. In this case, however, the user occupies resources of several cells. This increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers the system performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is recommended that the number of cells in the active sets should be increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where the signals are complicated. For the cell that provides high speed services, the decrease in cells in the active set can reduce the consumption of system resources. GUI Value Range: 1~6 Actual Value Range: 1~6 Unit: None Default Value: 3
MaxCellInAct BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set. This iveSet UINTRAFRE parameter is used to achieve the balance between the signal QHO(Option quality in the SHO area and the system performance. If more cells al) are in the active set, a user can obtain a greater macro diversity gain; the intra-frequency interference is smaller. In this case, however, the user occupies resources of several cells. This increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers the system performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is recommended that the number of cells in the active sets should be increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where the signals are complicated. For the cell that provides high speed services, the decrease in cells in the active set can reduce the consumption of system resources. GUI Value Range: 1~6 Actual Value Range: 1~6 Unit: None Default Value: 3 MaxEdchCell BSC6900 SET Meaning: This parameter determines the maximum number of InActiveSet UHOCOMM( links in the EDCH active set. When the RNC acts as the SRNC, the Optional) number of links in the EDCH active set for all the UEs under the RNC cannot exceed the parameter value. If the parameter value is too large, a lot of resources on the RAN side will be occupied as the same data is transferred over multiple EDCH links in macro diversity, thus affecting the system performance. If this parameter value is too small, insufficient combination gain can be achieved in macro diversity by the EDCH, which causes excessive retransmissions and affects the UE speed. GUI Value Range: 1~4 Actual Value Range: 1~4 Unit: None Default Value: 3 MeasQuantit BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Measurement quantity used in coverage-based yOf3A UCELLINTE inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting mode. RRATHOCO Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio V(Optional) RSCP: indicates the received signal code power MOD When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No UCELLINTE measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The
13-84
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
RRATHOCO physical unit is dB. When CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates V(Optional) that the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dBm. When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement if the RNC receives Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly, the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO Unit: None Default Value: AUTO MeasQuantit BSC6900 SET Meaning: Measurement quantity used in coverage-based yOf3A UINTERRAT inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting mode. HOCOV(Opti Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio onal) RSCP: indicates the received signal code power When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dB. When CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates that the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The physical unit is dBm. When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement if the RNC receives Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly, the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO Unit: None Default Value: AUTO NBMMachsR BSC6900 ADD Meaning: The algorithms with the above values represent are as esetAlgoSelS UCELLALG follow: witch OSWITCH(O ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the mac-hs no matter the ptional) cells in question are in the same NodeB or not. ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the mac-hs only when MOD UCELLALG the cells in question are in the different local cell group. OSWITCH(O ptional) GUI Value Range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED, ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG Actual Value Range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED, ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG Unit: None Default Value: ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG NFastSpdEst BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold for determining whether the UE is in UCELLHCS high-mobility state. HO(Optional) After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell during MOD UCELLHCS "TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The smaller the value HO(Optional) is, the more possible the UE is determined in high-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 1~16 Actual Value Range: 1~16 Unit: None
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-85
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Default Value: 15 NFastSpdEst BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold for determining whether the UE is in UHCSHO(O high-mobility state. ptional) After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell during "TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The smaller the value is, the more possible the UE is determined in high-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 1~16 Actual Value Range: 1~16 Unit: None Default Value: 15 Nprio BSC6900 ADD U2GNCELL( Mandatory) MOD U2GNCELL( Mandatory) Meaning: Priority of neighboring cells. A smaller value of this parameter indicates a higher priority assigned to the neighboring cell. The neighboring cell with a higher priority is more possibly delivered as the measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement object than the neighboring cell with priority 2. This parameter is valid when "NPrioFlag" is set to TRUE. GUI Value Range: 0~31 Actual Value Range: 0~31 Unit: None Default Value: None Nprio BSC6900 ADD Meaning: The priority that corresponds to the neighboring cell is UINTERFRE valid only when the parameter is set to TRUE. The neighboring cell QNCELL(Ma with a lower priority is more possibly delivered as the ndatory) measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with MOD priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement UINTERFRE object than the neighboring cell with priority 2. QNCELL(Ma ndatory) GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Default Value: None BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Priority of neighboring cells. The priority assigned to a UINTRAFRE neighboring cell is valid only when this parameter is set to "TRUE". QNCELL(Ma The neighboring cell with a lower priority is more possibly delivered ndatory) as the measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with MOD priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement UINTRAFRE object than the neighboring cell with priority 2. QNCELL(Ma ndatory) GUI Value Range: 0~30 Actual Value Range: 0~30 Unit: None Default Value: None BSC6900 ADD U2GNCELL( Optional) MOD Meaning: Priority flag of neighboring cells The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid, and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is invalid. In the algorithm of neighboring cell combination, the cell
Nprio
NprioFlag
13-86
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
U2GNCELL( with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the Optional) measurement object. GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False NprioFlag BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Priority flag of neighboring cells UINTERFRE The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid, QNCELL(Op and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is tional) invalid. In the algorithm of neighboring cell combination, the cell MOD with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the UINTERFRE measurement object. QNCELL(Op tional) GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Priority flag of neighboring cells UINTRAFRE The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid, QNCELL(Op and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is tional) invalid. In the algorithm of neighboring cell combination, the cell MOD with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the UINTRAFRE measurement object. QNCELL(Op tional) GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False
NprioFlag
NSlowSpdEs BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold for determining whether the UE is in t UCELLHCS low-mobility state. HO(Optional) After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in low-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell is smaller than this MOD UCELLHCS threshold within the period of "TSlowSpdEst". The greater the HO(Optional) value is, the more possible the UE is determined in low-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 1~16 Actual Value Range: 1~16 Unit: None Default Value: 3 NSlowSpdEs BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold for determining whether the UE is in t UHCSHO(O low-mobility state. ptional) After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in low-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell is smaller than this threshold within the period of "TSlowSpdEst". The greater the value is, the more possible the UE is determined in low-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 1~16 Actual Value Range: 1~16 Unit: None
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-87
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Default Value: 3 PeriodFor2B BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Sets the interval between the failure in the UCELLINTE inter-frequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the RFREQHOC inter-frequency handover retry. OV(Optional) MOD GUI Value Range: 1~64 UCELLINTE Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 RFREQHOC Unit: ms OV(Optional) Default Value: 1 PeriodFor2B BSC6900 SET Meaning: Sets the interval between the failure in the UINTERFRE inter-frequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the QHOCOV(O inter-frequency handover retry. ptional) GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 1 PeriodFor2C BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. UCELLINTE If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC reties RFREQHON the inter-frequency handover. This parameter specifies the interval COV(Option between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. If this parameter al) is set to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when the MOD inter-frequency handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly UCELLINTE handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC RFREQHON load, however, increases. COV(Option al) GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 4 PeriodFor2C BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. UINTERFRE If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC reties QHONCOV( the inter-frequency handover. This parameter specifies the interval Optional) between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when the inter-frequency handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC load, however, increases. GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 4 PeriodFor3A BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between handover attempts for event 3A. UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the interval between handover attempts RRATHOCO for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover V(Optional) attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, MOD the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is UCELLINTE reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover RRATHOCO re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load. V(Optional)
13-88
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 1 PeriodFor3A BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between handover attempts for event 3A. UINTERRAT This parameter specifies the interval between handover attempts HOCOV(Opti for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover onal) attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load. GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 1 PeriodFor3C BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 3C. UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the interval between the handover RRATHONC re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, OV(Optional) handover re-attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. MOD In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell UCELLINTE whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. RRATHONC More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the OV(Optional) RNC load. GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 4 PeriodFor3C BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 3C. UINTERRAT This parameter specifies the interval between the handover HONCOV(O re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, ptional) handover re-attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load. GUI Value Range: 1~64 Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500 Unit: ms Default Value: 4 Meaning: Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the PeriodMRRe BSC6900 ADD portNumfor1 UCELLINTR reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the J AFREQHO( number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter, the Optional) periodical reporting is disabled. MOD UCELLINTR GUI Value Range: D1~0 D2~1 D4~2 D8~3 D16~4 D32~5 D64~6 AFREQHO( INFINITY Optional) Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY Unit: None Default Value: D64
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-89
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
PeriodMRRe BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the portNumfor1 UINTRAFRE reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the J QHO(Option number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter, the al) periodical reporting is disabled. GUI Value Range: D1~0 D2~1 D4~2 D8~3 D16~4 D32~5 D64~6 INFINITY Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY Unit: None Default Value: D64 PrdReportInt BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between periodic reporting for the erval UCELLINTE inter-frequency handover. RFREQHOC In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts OV(Optional) is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this MOD parameter be set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT" since the UE UCELLINTE behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu RFREQHOC signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too OV(Optional) high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover, thus causing call drops. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D500 PrdReportInt BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between periodic reporting for the erval UCELLMBD inter-frequency handover. RINTERFRE In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts Q(Optional) is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this MOD parameter be set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT" since the UE UCELLMBD behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu RINTERFRE signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too Q(Optional) high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover, thus causing call drops. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D500
13-90
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
PrdReportInt BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between sending of periodic measurement erval UCELLMCD reports. RD(Optional) This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If this MOD parameter is set to a small value, the RNC may have high load UCELLMCD when processing signaling. If this parameter is set to a great value, RD(Optional) the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000 Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D3000 PrdReportInt BSC6900 ADD Meaning: The interval between two reports is the configured value. erval UCELLMCL This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval DR(Optional) is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have MOD burden in processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the UCELLMCL network cannot detect the signal change in time, which may delay DR(Optional) the inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000 Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D3000 PrdReportInt BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between periodic reporting for the erval UINTERFRE inter-frequency handover. QHOCOV(O In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts ptional) is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this parameter be set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT" since the UE behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover, thus causing call drops. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5 D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11 D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D500 PrdReportInt BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between sending of periodic measurement erval UMCDRD(O reports. This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If this
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
ptional)
parameter is set to a small value, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If this parameter is set to a great value, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000 Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D3000
PrdReportInt BSC6900 SET Meaning: The interval between two reports is the configured value. erval UMCLDR(O This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval ptional) is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have burden in processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal change in time, which may delay the inter-frequency handover. GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000 Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000 Unit: ms Default Value: D3000 PSHOOut2Gl BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an inter-RAT oadThd UCELLINTE handover in PS domain. RRATHONC This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G PS load which is OV(Optional) relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when MOD "NcovHoOn2GldIndA" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G UCELLINTE relocation process in PS domain will be aborted if the cell load RRATHONC relocated to the 2G cell exceeds this threshold. OV(Optional) GUI Value Range: 0~100 Actual Value Range: 0~100 Unit: per cent Default Value: 60 PSHOOut2Gl BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an inter-RAT oadThd UINTERRAT handover in PS domain. HONCOV(O This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G PS load which is ptional) relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when "NcovHoOn2GldIndA" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G relocation process in PS domain will be aborted if the cell load relocated to the 2G cell exceeds this threshold. GUI Value Range: 0~100 Actual Value Range: 0~100 Unit: per cent Default Value: 60 PSServiceH BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for PS OSwitch UCELLHOC services.
13-92
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
OMM(Option When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for PS al) services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the inter-RAT MOD handover for PS services is disabled. UCELLHOC Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and the OMM(Option related parameter configurations on the network side, related al) measurements and inter-RAT handover are triggered immediately once a service is set up. This switch is set to ON only when service handover is required. Generally, the switch is set to OFF. Note that the service handover is triggered only when the Service Handover Indicator is set to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the inter-RAT handover switch for the corresponding service is set to ON. Both conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services, the service handover is not triggered. GUI Value Range: OFF, ON Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Unit: None Default Value: OFF RATCELLTY BSC6900 ADD PE UEXT2GCE LL(Mandator y) MOD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) Meaning: Identifying the type of the inter-RAT cell NO_CAPABILITY indicates that the capacity of the GSM cell remains unknown. It is not recommended to set the cell type to NO_CAPABILITY. If the cell type is NO_CAPABILITY, the inter-RAT handover cannot be triggered. GUI Value Range: NO_CAPABILITY(Cell capability unknown), GSM~1 GPRS~2 EDGE Actual Value Range: NO_CAPABILITY, GSM, GPRS, EDGE Unit: None Default Value: None
RelThdForD BSC6900 SET Meaning: Relative threshold for immediate rate reduction after soft wnGrd UINTRAFRE handover failure. The rate reduction of the active set and SHO QHO(Option retry procedure can be triggered without intra-frequency al) Measurement reports if the quality of the cell in the set fulfills the following criterion: Mnew > Mbest_cell RelThdForDwnGrd Here, Mnew: the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the failed cell1 CPICH Ec/No measurement value in the latest measurement report of the best cell identified by the RNC according to 1D RelThdForDwnGrd: the relative threshold for direct rate reduction. It can be configured on the OMU server. Note: If this parameter is set to smaller value, the probability of triggering SHO rate reduction becomes low; however, the intra-frequency interference caused by the cell that is not added to the active set becomes great. This may cause call drops. On the contrary, if this parameter is set to a larger value, the probability of triggering SHO rate reduction becomes high, and the signal quality is guaranteed; however, frequent triggering of SHO rate reduction may affect the user experience. GUI Value Range: -29~29 Actual Value Range: -14.5~14.5, step:0.5 Unit: dB
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-93
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Default Value: 2 ReportInterv BSC6900 ADD alfor1A UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1A is reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the UE sets the mode of reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell reporting event 1A is not added to the active set in a specified period of time. Event 1A is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1A" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1A is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1A reporting mode to periodical. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000 Unit: ms Default Value: D4000 ReportInterv BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting alfor1A UINTRAFRE mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1A is QHO(Option reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the al) UE sets the mode of reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell reporting event 1A is not added to the active set in a specified period of time. Event 1A is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1A" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1A is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1A reporting mode to periodical. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000 Unit: ms Default Value: D4000 ReportInterv BSC6900 ADD alfor1C UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1C is reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the UE set the mode of reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell reporting event 1C is not added to the active set in a specified period of time. Event 1C is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1C" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1C is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1C reporting mode to periodical. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000 Unit: ms Default Value: D4000
13-94
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
ReportInterv BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting alfor1C UINTRAFRE mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1C is QHO(Option reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the al) UE set the mode of reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell reporting event 1C is not added to the active set in a specified period of time. Event 1C is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1C" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1C is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1C reporting mode to periodical. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000 Unit: ms Default Value: D4000 ReportInterv BSC6900 ADD alfor1J UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Interval at which event 1J is reported after the reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1J is reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the UE set the mode of reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell reporting event 1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified period of time. Event 1J is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1J is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1J reporting mode to periodical. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1000 ReportInterv BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval at which event 1J is reported after the reporting alfor1J UINTRAFRE mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1J is QHO(Option reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the al) UE set the mode of reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell reporting event 1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified period of time. Event 1J is reported for "PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified by this parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1J is set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1J reporting mode to periodical. GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000 Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1000 Req2GCap BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Minimum capability of the 2G cell required for inter-RAT UTYPRABB handover from 3G network to 2G network. If the 2G cell is not
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd 13-95
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
ASIC(Manda capable, the handover will not be performed. An EDGE cell is more tory) capable of supporting PS services than a GPRS cell, whereas a MOD GPRS cell more capable than a GSM cell. UTYPRABB ASIC(Option GUI Value Range: GSM, GPRS, EDGE al) Actual Value Range: GSM, GPRS, EDGE Unit: None Default Value: None RetryCapabili BSC6900 SET Meaning: HSPA technologies retried by UEs. When selected, the ty UFRC(Optio technology will be retried by the UE when not applied. nal) GUI Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA, SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM, DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX, HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM, DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM Actual Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA, SRB_OVER_HSUPA, TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM, L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX, HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM, DC_HSDPA, UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM Unit: None Default Value: None SHIND BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Service handover attribute. If the UTYPRABB HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH is set to ON, the ASIC(Manda service handover setting of this parameter is applied. Otherwise, tory) the service handover setting assigned by the CN is applied. MOD - HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the 2G UTYPRABB network is performed so long as 2G signals are available. ASIC(Option - HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the al) 2G network is performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong. - HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the 2G network is not performed even if 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong. GUI Value Range: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM Actual Value Range: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM, HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM Unit: None Default Value: None ShoFailNum BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum number of SHO failures. This parameter ForDwnGrd UINTRAFRE specifies the maximum number of event reporting from the cell that QHO(Option fails to be added to the active set for soft handover. If the value al) reaches this parameter, rate reduction of the active set will be triggered, and the cell will attempt to join the active set again. If this parameter is set to smaller value, the probability for rate reduction of active set becomes high; In this case, the cell that fails to be added to the active set due to load may, with higher probability, join the active set for soft handover; however, rate reduction may affects user experience. Note that this parameter needs to be considered in combination with the settings of rate reduction
13-96
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
evaluation period, and the reporting intervals of event 1A and 1C. Otherwise, the reports cannot reach the required numbers to trigger rate reduction during the rate reduction evaluation period. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: 0~63 Unit: None Default Value: 3 ShoFailPerio BSC6900 SET Meaning: Maximum evaluation period of SHO failure. When the d UINTRAFRE rate reduction evaluation is performed on a cell that fails to join the QHO(Option active set, the evaluation timer is started. If the cell cannot fulfill the al) criterion for rate reduction before the timer expires, the cell will not be evaluated, and rate reduction re-attempt will not be initiated. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability for the target cell to join the active set becomes high; however, since the RNC can handle only three evaluation processes simultaneously, the failed cell may not be handled in time. GUI Value Range: 0~120 Actual Value Range: 0~120 Unit: s Default Value: 60 SndLdInfo2G BSC6900 SET Meaning: If this parameter is set to "ON", the RNC informs the smInd UINTERRAT GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell before the HONCOV(O non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover. If this parameter is set ptional) to "OFF", the RNC does not inform the GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell. This parameter is designed for the UMTS load-based access control strategy when the 3G-to-2G handover is required. When the UE is handed over from the UMTS network to the GSM network, the RNC obtains the load information of the best cell and sends it to the GSM network. This parameter is valid only for CS service. The RNC does not send UMTS cell load information to the GSM in PS domain. GUI Value Range: OFF, ON Actual Value Range: OFF, ON Unit: None Default Value: OFF SuppPSHOFl BSC6900 ADD ag UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) Meaning: Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports PS HO. TRUE indicates that the inter-RAT cell is able to perform the handover procedure with relocation. FALSE indicates that the cell is unable to do so. GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False Meaning: Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports RIM. (RIM is used to obtain the SI/PSI information of the inter-RAT cell.) For the details of RIM process, refer to the 3GPP TS 25.901 protocol.
SuppRIMFla BSC6900 ADD g UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT2GCE
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-97
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
LL(Optional) GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE Unit: None Default Value: False TargetFreqC BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering sThdEcN0 UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the inter-frequency OV(Optional) reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is MOD used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B UCELLINTE can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher RFREQHOC than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to OV(Optional) "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqC BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering sThdEcN0 UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the inter-frequency ptional) reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqC BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering sThdRscp UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS services, if the OV(Optional) inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this MOD parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That UCELLINTE is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target RFREQHOC frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency OV(Optional) reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F.
13-98
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqC BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering sThdRscp UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS services, if the ptional) inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqH BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering ThdEcN0 UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if OV(Optional) the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", MOD this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. UCELLINTE That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target RFREQHOC frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency OV(Optional) reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqH BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering ThdEcN0 UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if ptional) the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-99
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqH BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering ThdRscp UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if OV(Optional) the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", MOD this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. UCELLINTE That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target RFREQHOC frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency OV(Optional) reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqH BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering ThdRscp UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if ptional) the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqR BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering 99PsThdEcN UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of 0 RFREQHOC Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA OV(Optional) services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency MOD reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is UCELLINTE used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B RFREQHOC can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher OV(Optional) than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqR BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering 99PsThdEcN UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of 0 QHOCOV(O Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA ptional) services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqR BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering 99PsThdRsc UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of p RFREQHOC RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA OV(Optional) services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency MOD reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is UCELLINTE used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B RFREQHOC can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher OV(Optional) than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqR BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering 99PsThdRsc UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of p QHOCOV(O RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA ptional) services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-101
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is hdEcN0 UCELLMCD used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD RD(Optional) is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher MOD than this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, it is UCELLMCD difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher RD(Optional) priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this parameter is set to a lower value, it is easy for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate however is low. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The hdEcN0 UCELLMCL inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality DR(Optional) of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold MOD can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are UCELLMCL above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command. DR(Optional) GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is hdEcN0 UMCDRD(O used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD ptional) is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, it is difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this parameter is set to a lower value, it is easy for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate however is low. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The hdEcN0 UMCLDR(O inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality ptional) of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.
13-102
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 TargetFreqT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is hdRscp UCELLMCD used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD RD(Optional) is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher MOD than this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, it is UCELLMCD difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher RD(Optional) priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this parameter is set to a lower value, it is easy for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate however is low. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and Ec/No that are set in the command. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The hdRscp UCELLMCL inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality DR(Optional) of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold MOD can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are UCELLMCL above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command. DR(Optional) GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqT BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is hdRscp UMCDRD(O used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD ptional) is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher than this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, it is difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this parameter is set to a lower value, it is easy for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the re-attempt success rate however is low. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and Ec/No of the target cell are above the RSCP and Ec/No that are set in the command. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetFreqT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The hdRscp UMCLDR(O inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality ptional) of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-103
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 TargetRatCs BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during Thd UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for CS domain services. RRATHOCO For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set V(Optional) to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion MOD for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the UCELLINTE quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the RRATHOCO measurement quality of the current CS services is lower than the V(Optional) quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 16 TargetRatCs BSC6900 SET Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Thd
HOCOV(Opti For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set onal) to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current CS services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 16
TargetRatHT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during hd UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for HSPA services. RRATHOCO For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set V(Optional) to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion MOD for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the UCELLINTE quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the RRATHOCO measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the V(Optional) quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-105
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 16 TargetRatHT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during hd UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for HSPA services. HOCOV(Opti For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set onal) to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT
13-106
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 16 TargetRatR9 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during 9PsThd UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA services. RRATHOCO For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-RAT V(Optional) Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is MOD used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is UCELLINTE triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher RRATHOCO than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS V(Optional) services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-107
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2 The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 16 TargetRatR9 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during 9PsThd UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA services. HOCOV(Opti For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-RAT onal) Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm. If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator: RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision. If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT measurement report fulfils the following criterion: Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2 Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout: Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2
13-108
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT measurement report. Here, Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise, the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm. The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large value, for example -85 dBm. GUI Value Range: 0~63 Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111) Unit: dBm Default Value: 16 TCycleSlow BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Period for determine whether the UE is in low-mobility UCELLHCS state. HO(Optional) The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in low-mobility MOD state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently the state UCELLHCS estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does HO(Optional) not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 0~255 Actual Value Range: 0~255 Unit: s Default Value: 60 TCycleSlow BSC6900 SET Meaning: Period for determine whether the UE is in low-mobility UHCSHO(O state. ptional) The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in low-mobility state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently the state estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 0~255 Actual Value Range: 0~255 Unit: s Default Value: 60 TFastSpdEst BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time window for estimating whether the UE is in UCELLHCS high-mobility state. HO(Optional) The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last reporting of event 1D, and the backdated time length is determined by this MOD UCELLHCS parameter. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not decide HO(Optional) whether the UE is in high-mobility state.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-109
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
GUI Value Range: 0~511 Actual Value Range: 0~511 Unit: s Default Value: 180 TFastSpdEst BSC6900 SET Meaning: Time window for estimating whether the UE is in UHCSHO(O high-mobility state. ptional) The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last reporting of event 1D, and the backdated time length is determined by this parameter. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not decide whether the UE is in high-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 0~511 Actual Value Range: 0~511 Unit: s Default Value: 180 TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval time between the detection of event 2B and B UCELLINTE sending of measurement report. This parameter correlates with RFREQHOC slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the OV(Optional) probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the MOD handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. UCELLINTE The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively RFREQHOC reduce the average number of handovers and the number of OV(Optional) incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D0 TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between the detection of event 2B and B UINTERFRE sending of measurement report. This parameter correlates with QHOCOV(O slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ptional) probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D0 TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2D and sending D UCELLINTE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow RFREQHOC fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of OV(Optional) incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm MOD becomes slow in responding to signal change. UCELLINTE The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively RFREQHOC reduce the average number of handovers and the number of OV(Optional) incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D320 TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2D and sending D UINTERFRE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow QHOCOV(O fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ptional) incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D320 TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2F and sending F UCELLINTE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow RFREQHOC fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of OV(Optional) incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm MOD becomes slow in responding to signal change. UCELLINTE The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively RFREQHOC reduce the average number of handovers and the number of OV(Optional) incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1280 TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2F and sending F UINTERFRE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow QHOCOV(O fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ptional) incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1280 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with
13-112
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
orNonVerify
UCELLINTE non-verified BSIC. RRATHOCO During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal V(Optional) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria MOD and the neighboring GSM cell is not verified, an inter-RAT UCELLINTE handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the RRATHOCO RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM V(Optional) cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~64000,65535 Actual Value Range: 0~64000, 65535 Unit: ms Default Value: 0
TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with orNonVerify UCELLMBD non-verified BSIC. RINTERRAT During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal (Optional) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria MOD and the neighboring GSM cell is not verified, an inter-RAT UCELLMBD handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the RINTERRAT RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM (Optional) cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~64000,65535 Actual Value Range: 0~64000, 65535 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with orNonVerify UINTERRAT non-verified BSIC. HOCOV(Opti During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal onal) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria and the neighboring GSM cell is not verified, an inter-RAT handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~64000,65535 Actual Value Range: 0~64000, 65535 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between reception of periodical reports and orPrdInterFre UCELLINTE triggering of the inter-frequency handover. q RFREQHOC Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a OV(Optional) certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this MOD parameter can be selected as the target cell for the inter-frequency UCELLINTE handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability RFREQHOC of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover OV(Optional) algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: 0~64000 Actual Value Range: 0~64000 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval between reception of periodical reports and orPrdInterFre UCELLMBD triggering of the inter-frequency handover. q RINTERFRE Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a Q(Optional) certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this MOD parameter can be selected as the target cell for the inter-frequency UCELLMBD handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability RINTERFRE of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover Q(Optional) algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: 0~64000 Actual Value Range: 0~64000 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval between reception of periodical reports and orPrdInterFre UINTERFRE triggering of the inter-frequency handover. q QHOCOV(O Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a ptional) certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this parameter can be selected as the target cell for the inter-frequency handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: 0~64000 Actual Value Range: 0~64000 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with orVerify UCELLINTE verified BSIC. RRATHOCO During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal V(Optional) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria MOD and the neighboring GSM cell is verified, an inter-RAT handover is UCELLINTE triggered. RRATHOCO The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows: V(Optional) Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 If the quality of the neighboring GSM cell meets the preceding criterion, the RAN starts the trigger timer. After the timer expires, the RAN makes inter-RAT handover decision. The length of the trigger timer is called the time to trigger verified GSM cell. This parameter and the hysteresis are used together to prevent incorrect decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT handover decisions. Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, this parameter should be set to a comparatively low value. In situations where a GSM cell is verified, the performance of the GSM cell is generally regarded as good. In this case, the parameter can be set to 0, which indicates that the handover is performed immediately. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~64000 Actual Value Range: 0~64000 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with orVerify UCELLMBD verified BSIC. RINTERRAT During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal (Optional) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria MOD and the neighboring GSM cell is verified, an inter-RAT handover is UCELLMBD triggered. RINTERRAT The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows: (Optional) Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 If the quality of the neighboring GSM cell meets the preceding criterion, the RAN starts the trigger timer. After the timer expires, the RAN makes inter-RAT handover decision. The length of the trigger timer is called the time to trigger verified GSM cell. This parameter and the hysteresis are used together to prevent incorrect decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT handover decisions. Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, this parameter should be set to a comparatively low value. In situations where a GSM cell is verified, the performance of the GSM cell is
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
generally regarded as good. In this case, the parameter can be set to 0, which indicates that the handover is performed immediately. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~64000 Actual Value Range: 0~64000 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TimeToTrigF BSC6900 SET Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with orVerify UINTERRAT verified BSIC. HOCOV(Opti During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal onal) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria and the neighboring GSM cell is verified, an inter-RAT handover is triggered. The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows: Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2 If the quality of the neighboring GSM cell meets the preceding criterion, the RAN starts the trigger timer. After the timer expires, the RAN makes inter-RAT handover decision. The length of the trigger timer is called the time to trigger verified GSM cell. This parameter and the hysteresis are used together to prevent incorrect decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT handover decisions. Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, this parameter should be set to a comparatively low value. In situations where a GSM cell is verified, the performance of the GSM cell is generally regarded as good. In this case, the parameter can be set to 0, which indicates that the handover is performed immediately. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. GUI Value Range: 0~64000 Actual Value Range: 0~64000 Unit: ms Default Value: 0 TRelateLengt BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time window for determining whether ping-pong h UCELLHCS handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed estimation. HO(Optional) In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted to avoid MOD inaccurate estimation caused by frequent handovers of best cells. UCELLHCS That is, during the latest "TRELATELENGTH", if more than one HO(Optional) event 1D of a certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to the state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest "TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best cell occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong handover cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended that this parameter be set according to the cell radius. GUI Value Range: 0~120 Actual Value Range: 0~120 Unit: s
13-116
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 10 TRelateLengt BSC6900 SET Meaning: Time window for determining whether ping-pong h UHCSHO(O handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed estimation. ptional) In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted to avoid inaccurate estimation caused by frequent handovers of best cells. That is, during the latest "TRELATELENGTH", if more than one event 1D of a certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to the state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest "TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best cell occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong handover cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended that this parameter be set according to the cell radius. GUI Value Range: 0~120 Actual Value Range: 0~120 Unit: s Default Value: 10 TrigTime1A BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1A and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 sin addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and
13-117
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges: Table 1. Typical triggering delay for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D320 TrigTime1A BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1A and sending UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater al) value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 sin addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval.
13-118
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges: Table 1. Typical triggering delay for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D320 TrigTime1A BSC6900 SET Meaning: Delay to trigger the event 1A. The value of this USMLC(Man parameter is related to slow fading. datory) GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D160 TrigTime1B BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1B and sending UCELLINTR of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate.
13-120
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1B BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1B and sending UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater al) value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-121
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1B BSC6900 SET Meaning: Delay to trigger the event 1B. The value of this USMLC(Man parameter is related to slow fading. datory) GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1280 TrigTime1C BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1C and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-122
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1C BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1C and sending UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater al) value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-123
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640
13-124
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
TrigTime1D BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1D and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B
13-125
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1D BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1D and sending UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater al) value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640
13-126
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
(ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1F BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1F and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-127
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1F BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1F and sending UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater al) value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to
13-128
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1J BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1J and sending of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-129
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Optional)
caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
13-130
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime1J BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1J and sending UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater al) value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur. According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms. Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate, and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and 1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events 1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F: the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for different events should be shortened as required. If the handover
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-131
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event 1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate. These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO ratio and the over use of the forward resources. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D640 TrigTime2F BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2F and sending UCELLINTE of the measurement report. RRATHOCO The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this V(Optional) parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect MOD decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes UCELLINTE slow in responding to signal change. RRATHOCO The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can V(Optional) effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing unnecessary handovers. The emulation result also shows that the UE at different data rates may react differently to the delay for triggering the event. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the delay, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the delay. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1280 TrigTime2F BSC6900 SET Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2F and sending UINTERRAT of the measurement report. HOCOV(Opti The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this onal) parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing unnecessary handovers. The emulation result also shows that the UE at different data rates may react differently to the delay for triggering
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-132
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
the event. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more sensitive to the delay, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the delay. This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network statistics. GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000 Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 Unit: ms Default Value: D1280 TSlowSpdEst BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Time window for deciding whether the UE is in UCELLHCS low-mobility state. HO(Optional) Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC estimates MOD whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This parameter specifies UCELLHCS the duration of the timer. If this parameter is set to 0, the RNC does HO(Optional) not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 0~511 Actual Value Range: 0~511 Unit: s Default Value: 240 TSlowSpdEst BSC6900 SET Meaning: Time window for deciding whether the UE is in UHCSHO(O low-mobility state. ptional) Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC estimates whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This parameter specifies the duration of the timer. If this parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state. GUI Value Range: 0~511 Actual Value Range: 0~511 Unit: s Default Value: 240 ULQosMcTi BSC6900 MOD Meaning: Timer length for uplink Qos measurement. merLen UCELLQOS This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency HO(Optional) and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos. ADD After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if no UCELLQOS inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the HO(Optional) measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that the timer will not be started. For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set to 0. As for the impact on network performance: It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-133
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
serving cell. The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 20 ULQosMcTi BSC6900 SET Meaning: Timer length for uplink Qos measurement. merLen UQOSHO(O This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency ptional) and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos. After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that the timer will not be started. For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event 2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set to 0. As for the impact on network performance: It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the serving cell. The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops. GUI Value Range: 0~512 Actual Value Range: 0~512 Unit: s Default Value: 20 UlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 ADD nt UCELLCMC F(Optional) MOD UCELLCMC F(Optional) Meaning: Uplink CM implementation mode selection threshold. When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred. The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users. GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256 Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 Unit: None Default Value: D64 UlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 SET Meaning: Uplink CM implementation mode selection threshold. nt UCMCF(Opti When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the onal) value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the high-layer scheduling mode is preferred.
13-134
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users. Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users. GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256 Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256 Unit: None Default Value: D64 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering ThdEcN0 UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the value of OV(Optional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to MOD EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement UCELLINTE control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering RFREQHOC event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency OV(Optional) is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of CS ThdEcN0 UCELLINTE services. RRATHOCO For CS services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for V(Optional) inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting MOD Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set UCELLINTE the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered RRATHOCO only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering ThdEcN0 UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the value of ptional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of CS ThdEcN0 UINTERRAT services. HOCOV(Opti For CS services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for onal) inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >=
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering ThdRSCP UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC RSCP for CS services. For CS services, if the value of OV(Optional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to MOD EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement UCELLINTE control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering RFREQHOC event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency OV(Optional) is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of CS domain UsedFreqCS BSC6900 ADD ThdRSCP UCELLINTE services. RRATHOCO For CS services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
V(Optional) inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting MOD Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set UCELLINTE the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered RRATHOCO only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -97 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering ThdRSCP UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O RSCP for CS services. For CS services, if the value of ptional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually
13-138
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 UsedFreqCS BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of CS domain ThdRSCP UINTERRAT services. HOCOV(Opti For CS services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for onal) inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -97 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
hdEcN0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of OV(Optional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to MOD EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement UCELLINTE control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering RFREQHOC event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency OV(Optional) is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12
UsedFreqHT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA hdEcN0 UCELLINTE services. RRATHOCO For HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity V(Optional) for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting MOD Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set UCELLINTE the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered RRATHOCO only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be
13-140
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering hdEcN0 UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of ptional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA hdEcN0 UINTERRAT services. HOCOV(Opti For HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity onal) for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor,
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering hdRSCP UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of RFREQHOC RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of OV(Optional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to MOD EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement UCELLINTE control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering RFREQHOC event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency OV(Optional) is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA hdRSCP UCELLINTE services. RRATHOCO For HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity V(Optional) for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting MOD Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set UCELLINTE the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered RRATHOCO only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering hdRSCP UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of ptional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 UsedFreqHT BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA hdRSCP UINTERRAT services. HOCOV(Opti For HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity onal) for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 UsedFreqMe BSC6900 MOD Meaning: This parameter configures the used frequency asQuantityFo UCELLQOS measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT measurement for rQos3A HO(Optional) the purpose of Qos-based handover. The parameter is valid when ADD the event reporting mode is selected for inter-RAT. UCELLQOS Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio HO(Optional) RSCP: received signal code power CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and 2F, with unit of dB CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and 2F, with unit of dBm The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement, may configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity are delivered according to event 2D that triggers the measurement, which causes the result that the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement cannot refer to the coverage-based configurations. Under this condition, it is necessary for the Qos-based inter-RAT
13-144
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
measurement to set the used frequency separately. When both the Qos-based and the coverage-based inter-RAT measurements exist, refer to this parameter. As for the impact on network performance: When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a intra-frequency neighboring cell in the moving direction, CPCICH Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of the current cell should be evaluated according to CPCICH Ec/No. When there is no intra-frequency neighboring cell in the direction, CPCICH RSCP varies faster than Ec/No and the quality should be evaluated according to CPCICH RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not properly selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus resulting in call drops. GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP Unit: None Default Value: CPICH_RSCP UsedFreqMe BSC6900 SET Meaning: This parameter configures the used frequency asQuantityFo UQOSHO(O measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT measurement for rQos3A ptional) the purpose of Qos-based handover. The parameter is valid when the event reporting mode is selected for inter-RAT. Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio RSCP: received signal code power CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and 2F, with unit of dB CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and 2F, with unit of dBm The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement, may configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity are delivered according to event 2D that triggers the measurement, which causes the result that the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement cannot refer to the coverage-based configurations. Under this condition, it is necessary for the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement to set the used frequency separately. When both the Qos-based and the coverage-based inter-RAT measurements exist, refer to this parameter. As for the impact on network performance: When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a intra-frequency neighboring cell in the moving direction, CPCICH Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of the current cell should be evaluated according to CPCICH Ec/No. When there is no intra-frequency neighboring cell in the direction, CPCICH RSCP varies faster than Ec/No and the quality should be evaluated according to CPCICH RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not properly selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus resulting in call drops. GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP Unit: None Default Value: CPICH_RSCP UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
9PsThdEcN0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA OV(Optional) services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency MOD Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. RFREQHOC One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met OV(Optional) only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12
UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain 9PsThdEcN0 UCELLINTE non-HSPA services. RRATHOCO For PS domain non-HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the V(Optional) measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value MOD of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. RRATHOCO That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently V(Optional) used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved.
13-146
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering 9PsThdEcN0 UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of QHOCOV(O Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA ptional) services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -12 UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain 9PsThdEcN0 UINTERRAT non-HSPA services. HOCOV(Opti For PS domain non-HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the onal) measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -24~0 Actual Value Range: -24~0 Unit: dB Default Value: -13 UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering 9PsThdRSC UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of P RFREQHOC RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA OV(Optional) services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency MOD Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. RFREQHOC One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met OV(Optional) only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92 UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 ADD Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain 9PsThdRSC UCELLINTE non-HSPA services. P RRATHOCO For PS domain non-HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the V(Optional) measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value MOD of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. RRATHOCO That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently V(Optional) used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 SET Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering 9PsThdRSC UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of P QHOCOV(O RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA ptional) services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the necessary conditions are met. After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the threshold of event 2D. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -92
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-149
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 SET Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain 9PsThdRSC UINTERRAT non-HSPA services. P HOCOV(Opti For PS domain non-HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the onal) measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled. The following factors should be considered during setting: When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports event 3A when the timer expires. Here, QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of UTRAN. Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of GSM. Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI. Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold. Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another inter-RAT. H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong decisions caused by signal jitters. When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor, that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to the triggering threshold of event 2D. For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if the value of this parameter is set too large. GUI Value Range: -115~-25 Actual Value Range: -115~-25 Unit: dBm Default Value: -107 UseOfHcs BSC6900 ADD UCELLHCS( Optional) MOD UCELLHCS( Optional) Meaning: Indicating whether HCS is used. For details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304. GUI Value Range: USED, NOT_USED Actual Value Range: USED, NOT_USED Unit: None Default Value: NOT_USED
13-150
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
UseOfHcs
BSC6900 ADD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT2GCE LL(Optional) BSC6900 ADD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional) MOD UEXT3GCE LL(Optional) BSC6900 ADD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional) MOD UCELLINTR AFREQHO( Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates whether HCS is used. GUI Value Range: USED(HCS cell), NOT_USED(Non HCS cell) Actual Value Range: USED, NOT_USED Unit: None Default Value: NOT_USED Meaning: This parameter indicates whether HCS is used. GUI Value Range: USED(HCS cell), NOT_USED(Non HCS cell) Actual Value Range: USED, NOT_USED Unit: None Default Value: NOT_USED Meaning: Used for calculating the relative threshold of the soft handover based on the measurement report of each cell in the active set. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the relative threshold of the soft handover is greater with the other conditions unchanged. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. When this parameter is set to 0, the general quality of the active set is the quality of the best cell. In this case, the relative threshold of soft handover depends on the related measurement values of the best cell in the active set. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the thresholds for triggering soft handover for events 1A and 1B are greater under the same conditions. In this case, the probability for adding a cell to the active set decreases, and that for removing a cell from the active set increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability for adding a cell to the active set increases, and that for removing a cell from the active set decreases. GUI Value Range: 0~20 Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1 Unit: None Default Value: 0
UseOfHcs
Weight
Weight
BSC6900 SET Meaning: Used for calculating the relative threshold of the soft UINTRAFRE handover based on the measurement report of each cell in the QHO(Option active set. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the relative al) threshold of the soft handover is greater with the other conditions unchanged. For details on the definition of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331. When this parameter is set to 0, the general quality of the active set is the quality of the best cell. In this case, the relative threshold of soft handover depends on the related measurement values of the best cell in the active set. Impact on network performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the thresholds for triggering soft handover for events 1A and 1B are greater under the same conditions. In this case, the probability for adding a cell to the active set decreases, and that for removing a cell from the active set increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability for adding a cell to the active set increases, and that for removing a cell from the active set decreases. GUI Value Range: 0~20
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-151
13 Parameters
WCDMA RAN Handover
Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1 Unit: None Default Value: 0 WeightForUs BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Weight factor for computing the general quality of the edFreq UCELLINTE used frequency. RFREQHOC If this parameter is set to a greater value, the higher quality of the OV(Optional) active set is obtained. If this parameter is set to 0, the general MOD quality of the active set is considered the quality of the best cell in UCELLINTE this set. For details about this parameter, see the subsection of RFREQHOC frequency quality estimation in the section of inter-frequency OV(Optional) measurement in 3GPP TS 25.331. This parameter is used for event-triggered reporting of inter-frequency handovers for events 2D, 2F, 2B and 2C, but not used for periodical reporting of inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the quality of the current frequency is higher in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency handover is not likely to be triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the quality of the current frequency is lower in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. Generally, this parameter is set to 0 or 1. Whether the handover is easy or difficult to trigger is not decided by setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~20 Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1 Unit: None Default Value: 0 WeightForUs BSC6900 ADD Meaning: Weight factor used for computing the general quality of edFreq UCELLINTE frequencies. RRATHOCO If this parameter is set to a greater value, the estimated general V(Optional) quality of the current frequency in the same condition is higher. In MOD this case, inter-RAT handover is unlikely to be triggered. If this UCELLINTE parameter is set to a smaller value, the estimated general quality of RRATHOCO the current frequency in the same condition is lower. In this case, V(Optional) inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. When the parameter value is set to 0, the quality of the best cell in an active set is regarded as the general quality of an active set. This parameter is used for event 3A evaluation. To set this parameter, see the method for setting the intra-frequency handover weighting factor "Weight". GUI Value Range: 0~20 Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1 Unit: None Default Value: 0 WeightForUs BSC6900 SET Meaning: Weight factor for computing the general quality of the edFreq UINTERFRE used frequency. QHOCOV(O If this parameter is set to a greater value, the higher quality of the ptional) active set is obtained. If this parameter is set to 0, the general quality of the active set is considered the quality of the best cell in this set. For details about this parameter, see the subsection of frequency quality estimation in the section of inter-frequency measurement in 3GPP TS 25.331. This parameter is used for event-triggered reporting of inter-frequency handovers for events
13-152
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN Handover
13 Parameters
2D, 2F, 2B and 2C, but not used for periodical reporting of inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the quality of the current frequency is higher in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency handover is not likely to be triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the quality of the current frequency is lower in the same condition. In this case, inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. Generally, this parameter is set to 0 or 1. Whether the handover is easy or difficult to trigger is not decided by setting this parameter. GUI Value Range: 0~20 Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1 Unit: None Default Value: 0 WeightForUs BSC6900 SET Meaning: Weight factor used for computing the general quality of edFreq UINTERRAT frequencies. HOCOV(Opti If this parameter is set to a greater value, the estimated general onal) quality of the current frequency in the same condition is higher. In this case, inter-RAT handover is unlikely to be triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the estimated general quality of the current frequency in the same condition is lower. In this case, inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. When the parameter value is set to 0, the quality of the best cell in an active set is regarded as the general quality of an active set. This parameter is used for event 3A evaluation. To set this parameter, see the method for setting the intra-frequency handover weighting factor "Weight". GUI Value Range: 0~20 Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1 Unit: None Default Value: 0
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
13-153
WCDMA RAN Handover
14 Counters
14 Counters
For details, see the BSC6900 UMTS Performance Counter Reference and the NodeB Performance Counter Reference.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
14-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
15 Glossary
15 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
15-1
WCDMA RAN Handover
16 Reference Documents
16 Reference Documents
[1] 3GPP TS 23.122: Non Access Stratum functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode [2] 3GPP TS 24.008: Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols - Stage 3 [3] 3GPP TS 25.304: UE Procedures in Idle Mode and Procedures for Cell Reselection in Connected Mode [4] 3GPP TS 25.331: RRC Protocol Specification [5] 3GPP TS 23.060: General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Service description [6] 3GPP TS 25.931: UTRAN Functions, Examples on Signaling Procedures [7] BSC6900 UMTS Performance Counter Reference [8] NodeB Performance Counter Reference [9] Glossary
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
16-1

Hand Over

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Hand Over

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

WCDMA RAN

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

2 Overview of Handover .............................................................................................................2-1 3 Intra-Frequency Handover .....................................................................................................3-1

4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover ..........................................................................4-1

5 Coverage or QoS Handover ...................................................................................................5-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

6 Load Handover ..........................................................................................................................6-1

7 HSPA Handover .........................................................................................................................7-1

8 HCS Handover ...........................................................................................................................8-1

WCDMA RAN Handover

9 Blind Handover..........................................................................................................................9-6 10 Handover Protection............................................................................................................10-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

1.2 Intended Audience

1.3 Change History

WCDMA RAN Handover

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth

Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Inter RNC Handover

3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Figure 3-1 Intra-frequency handover procedure

3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)

MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

) + (1-W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1b+H1b/2)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Figure 3-3 Triggering of event 1B

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Figure 3-4 Triggering of event 1C

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Figure 3-5 Triggering of event 1D

3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure

Estimation Procedure for Rate Reduction

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Figure 3-6 Estimation procedure for rate reduction

The condition of rate reduction is as follows: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd

WCDMA RAN Handover

Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution

3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover